File: //lib64/libreoffice/help/en-US/swriter.jar
PK
6w�X
text/swriter/PK
6w�X��&$ $ text/swriter/main0110.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0110.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="table"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableMenu" id="bm_id1366008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0110.xhp">Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows commands to insert, edit, and delete a table and its elements inside a text document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts a new table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts columns.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts rows.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteTable" id="bm_id7886898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="20529">Deletes the current table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Deletes the selected columns.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Deletes the selected rows.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectTable" id="bm_id3954588"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the current table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Selects the current column.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Row</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Selects the current row.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EntireCell" id="bm_id6957914"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Cell</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="20530">Selects the current cell.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp">Merge Cells</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#verbindentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp">Split Cells</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp#teilentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp#tabelleverb"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#tabelleauf"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp">Table AutoFormat</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#autoformattabelle"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Autofit</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Column width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the Column Width dialog where you can change the width of a column.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp">Optimal Column Width</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#spaltenbreitetext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp">Distribute Columns Evenly</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp#verteilentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Row Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the Row Height dialog where you can change the height of a row.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp">Optimal Row Height</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#zeilenhoehetext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp">Distribute Rows Evenly</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp#verteilentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Allow Row to Break Across Pages and Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="21753">Allows a page break within the current row.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HeadingRowsRepeat" id="bm_id7787408"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Heading Rows Repeat</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="20520">Repeats the table headers on subsequent pages if the table spans one or more pages.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Convert</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertTextToTable" id="bm_id1469161"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text to Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can convert the selected text to a table.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can convert the selected text to a table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertTableToText" id="bm_id3982665"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table to Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can convert the current table to text.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can convert the current table to text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp">Sort</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#sort"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formula</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp">Formula bar</link> to enter or edit a formula.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Number Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can specifiy the format of numbers in the table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/20459" id="bm_id4031800"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp">Table Properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp#tabelletext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X text/swriter/02/PK
5w�X{Li text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Preview Zoom</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="previewzoom"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_PVIEW_ZOOM_LB" id="bm_id3154502"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp">Preview Zoom</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PVIEW_ZOOM_LB">Determines the zoom level of the print preview.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Demote One Level With Subpoints</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hinuntermitunterpunkten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DecrementSubLevels" id="bm_id3023636"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DecrementSubLevels" id="bm_id3147174"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp">Demote One Level With Subpoints</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DecrementSubLevels">Shifts paragraphs with subpoints down one level.</ahelp> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text.</paragraph></section><section id="syhinuntermitunterpunkten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_decrementsublevels.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Demote One Level With Subpoints</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���� � text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Images and Charts</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grafikenaus"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Graphic" id="bm_id1021216"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Graphic" id="bm_id3155625"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp">Images and Charts</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147167"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Graphic">If the <emph>Images and Charts</emph> icon on the <emph>Tools</emph> bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sygrafikenaus"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphic.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Images and Charts</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X?%�N� � text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Date</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="datum"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertDateField" id="bm_id7144413"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertDateField" id="bm_id3145416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp">Date</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertDateField">Inserts the current date as a field.</ahelp> The default date format is used, and the date is not automatically updated.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehldatum"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�?P� � text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print page view</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drucken"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrintPagePreview" id="bm_id7311881"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrintPagePreview" id="bm_id3149290"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp">Print page view</link></paragraph></section><section id="sydrucken"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_printpagepreview.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Print page view</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Zoom Out</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zoomout"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ZoomIn" id="bm_id3149053"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ZoomMinus" id="bm_id9029511"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp">Zoom Out</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Zooms out to see more of the document at a reduced size.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syzoomin"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_zoomout.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Zoom Out</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X}-�� � text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Link</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verkettung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChainFrames" id="bm_id1068401"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChainFrames" id="bm_id3143228"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp">Link</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChainFrames" visibility="visible">Links the selected frame to the next frame.</ahelp> The text automatically flows from one frame to another.</paragraph></section><section id="syverkettung"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Link Frames</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xy�_ۜ � text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Numbering Off</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="numerierungausschalten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveBullets" id="bm_id4060128"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveBullets" id="bm_id3147170"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp">Numbering Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:RemoveBullets" visibility="visible">Turns off numbering or bullets in the current paragraph or selected paragraphs.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="synumerierungausschalten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_removebullets.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Numbering Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X �NǺ � text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Cell Reference</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zellenbezug"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp">Cell Reference</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the position of the cell cursor in a table.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��
� � text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table: Fixed</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabellefix"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeFix" id="bm_id6149554"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeFix" id="bm_id3149294"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp">Table: Fixed</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeFix" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighboring lines or columns in question.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sytabellefix"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_tablemodefix.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Table: Fixed</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��X�� � text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Apply</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="uebernehmen"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_APPLY" id="bm_id3145827"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp">Apply</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="FN_FORMULA_APPLY" visibility="visible">Transfers the contents of the input line into your document and closes the formula bar. The contents of the input line are inserted at the cursor position in the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syuebernehmen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/nu01.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Apply</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�wQ� � text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Two Pages Preview</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zweiseiten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowTwoPages" id="bm_id9578261"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowTwoPages" id="bm_id3147170"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp">Two Pages Preview</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShowTwoPages" visibility="visible">Displays two pages in the Print Preview window.</ahelp> Uneven numbers will always appear on the right side, even numbers on the left.</paragraph></section><section id="syzweiseiten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_showtwopages.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Two Pages Preview</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X ���� � text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table: Variable</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabellevariabel"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeVariable" id="bm_id5928998"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeVariable" id="bm_id3145244"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp">Table: Variable</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeVariable" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect the size of the table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sytabellevariabel"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_tablemodevariable.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Table: Variable</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�/�� � text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Book preview</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id9658192"/><section id="bookpreview"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowBookview" id="bm_id1197546"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowBookview" id="bm_id7874385"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp">Book preview</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="FN_SHOW_BOOKVIEW">Select to display the first page on the right side in the print preview.</ahelp> If not selected, the first page is displayed on the left side of the preview.</paragraph></section><section id="sybookpreview"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_showbookview.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Book Preview</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� � text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Unnumbered Entry</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="absatzohnum"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertNeutralParagraph" id="bm_id4985287"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertNeutralParagraph" id="bm_id3145248"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp">Insert Unnumbered Entry</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertNeutralParagraph">Inserts a paragraph without numbering. The existing numbering will not be affected.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syabsatzohnum"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertneutralparagraph.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Unnumbered Entry</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�jsk text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Cancel</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="abbrechen"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_CANCEL" id="bm_id3149968"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp">Cancel</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="FN_FORMULA_CANCEL">Clears the contents of the input line and closes the formula bar.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syabbrechen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20557.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Cancel</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�YV5 5 text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Zoom In</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zoomin"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ZoomPlus" id="bm_id3097877"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ZoomPlus" id="bm_id3145083"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp">Zoom In</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ZoomPlus" visibility="visible">Zooms in to get a close-up view of the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syzoomin"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_zoomin.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Zoom In</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�h��� � text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Page Count</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seitenzahl"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageCountField" id="bm_id1513701"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageCountField" id="bm_id3154501"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp">Page Count</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPageCountField">Inserts as a field the total number of pages in the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehlseitenanzahl"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you wish to have the page number formatted with a different numbering style, choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> to insert the required field, and specify the settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp"><emph>Field</emph></link> dialog. The format of the field inserted using the <emph>Page Number</emph> command can also be modified using the <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Field</emph></link> command.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�|� text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Promote One Level With Subpoints</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hochmitunterpunkten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:IncrementSubLevels" id="bm_id1911337"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:IncrementSubLevels" id="bm_id3151180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp">Promote One Level With Subpoints</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:IncrementSubLevels">Shifts paragraphs with subpoints up one numbering level.</ahelp> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text.</paragraph></section><section id="syhochmitunterpunkten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_incrementsublevels.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Promote One Level With Subpoints</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Y�x= = text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Page Number</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="page_number"><section id="seitennummer"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageNumberField" id="bm_id2050004"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp">Page Number</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the current page number as a field at the cursor position.</ahelp> The default setting is for it to use the <emph>Page Number</emph> character style.</paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehlseitennummer"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the <emph>Page Number</emph> command with <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XK�̌a a text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="einfuegen"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_INSERT_CTRL" id="bm_id3147172"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertCtrl" id="bm_id5996419"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertCtrl" id="bm_id3154501"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp">Insert</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCtrl">The toolbar contains various functions for inserting frames, graphics, tables, and other objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select the following functions:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp">Table</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#tabelletext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytabelle"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">Section</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereich"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sybereich"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp">Insert Frame Manually</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#syrahmentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syrahmen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04160500.xhp">Floating Frame</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04160500.xhp#frameeinfuegentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syframe"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp">Insert Footnote Directly</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#fussnoteein"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syfussnoteein"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp">Insert Endnote Directly</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#endnotetext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syendnoteein"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp">Note</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts a note at the current cursor position.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp">Bookmark</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#textmarkeein"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytextmarke"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp">File</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#datei"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syeinfdatei"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp">AutoText</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#autotexttext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special Character</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp#sonder"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sysonder"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Insert Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts a field at the current cursor position. </paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syfeldbefehl"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Controls</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Controls icon opens a toolbar with the tools that you need to create an interactive form.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#syformular"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp">From File</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp#grafiktext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sygrafik"/><embed href="text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp#moviesound"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#symoviesound"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04160300.xhp">Formula</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04160300.xhp#starmath"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systarmath"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systarchart"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04150100.xhp">OLE Object</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04150100.xhp#ole"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syole"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp">Insert Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp">Entry</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#eintrag"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syeintrag"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X{���o o text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Rows</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeileeinfuegen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154838"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertRows" id="bm_id8022206"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertRows" id="bm_id3148567"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp">Insert Rows</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts one or more rows in the table, below the selection. You can insert more than one row by opening the dialog (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Rows</emph>), or by selecting more than one row before clicking the icon.</ahelp> The second method inserts rows of the same height as the originally selected rows.</paragraph></section><section id="syzeileeinfuegen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertrows.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Row</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�k� � text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Numbering on/off</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="numerierung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DefaultNumbering" id="bm_id7054149"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DefaultNumbering" id="bm_id3150230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp">Numbering On/Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefaultNumbering">Adds or removes numbering from the selected paragraphs.</ahelp> To define the numbering format, choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>. To display the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> Bar, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Bullets and Numbering</emph>.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="note">Some of the bullets and numbering options are not available when working in the <link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp">Web Layout</link>.</paragraph><section id="synumerierung"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Numbering On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp">Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X' ?�� � text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Combined Display</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="kombinierteanzeige"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusBarFunc" id="bm_id9964789"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusBarFunc" id="bm_id3149292"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp">Combined Display</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StatusBarFunc" visibility="visible">Displays current information about the active document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When the cursor is in a named section, the section name appears. When the cursor is in a table, the name of the table cell appears. The size of the object is shown when you edit frames or drawing objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. In this dialog, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the <emph>Table Format</emph> dialog. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialog to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X!4�*� � text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Title</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="titel"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertTitleField" id="bm_id3068301"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertTitleField" id="bm_id3153913"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp">Title</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertTitleField">Inserts the title specified in the document properties as a field.</ahelp> This field displays the data entered in the <emph>Title</emph> field under <emph>File - Properties - Description</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehltitel"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xs�� � text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sum</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="summe"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoSum" id="bm_id4305427"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoSum" id="bm_id3147403"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp">Sum</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoSum">Activates the sum function. Note that the cursor must be in the cell where you want the sum to appear.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> recognizes the cell range for the sum function as long as the cells are filled with numbers. Prior to entering the data, you must enable the <emph>Number Recognition</emph> in the context menu of the table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Apply</emph> to accept the sum formula as it appears in the entry line.</paragraph><section id="sysumme"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_autosum.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Sum</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X� =U� � text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="feldbefehl"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_INSERT_FIELD_CTRL" id="bm_id3149873"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFieldCtrl" id="bm_id4046063"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFieldCtrl" id="bm_id3149876"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp">Insert Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.</ahelp> Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syfeldbefehl"/><paragraph role="paragraph">You can choose from the following functions:</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#datum"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#zeit"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#seitennummer"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#seitenzahl"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#thema"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#titel"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#autor"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Other</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#feldbefehltext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X5�a�
text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Author</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="autor"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthorField" id="bm_id4813138"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthorField" id="bm_id3154838"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp">Author</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthorField">Inserts the name of the person who created the document here as a field.</ahelp> The field applies the entry made under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp"><emph>$[officename] - User data</emph></link>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehlautor"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xy��� � text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Move Up with Subpoints</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hochmitunterpunkten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveUpSubItems" id="bm_id2468560"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveUpSubItems" id="bm_id3145241"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp">Move Up with Subpoints</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:MoveUpSubItems" visibility="visible">Moves a paragraph with subpoints to above the previous paragraph.</ahelp> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text.</paragraph></section><section id="syhochmitunterpunkten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_moveupsubitems.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Up with Subpoints</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X#c�a a text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Page Number</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seitennummer"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatePageNumber" id="bm_id9389648"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatePageNumber" id="bm_id3148770"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp">Page Number</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StatePageNumber">The current page number is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the Navigator, with which you can navigate in the document. A right-click shows all bookmarks in the document. Click a bookmark to position the text cursor at the bookmark location.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The displayed page (x) and the total number of pages (y) are shown in the form <emph>Page x/y</emph> When you scroll through a document with the mouse, the page number is displayed when you release the mouse button. When you scroll using the right scrollbar, the page numbers are displayed as a Help tip. The page numbering format of the status bar and scrollbar is identical.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can turn the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> display on or off by double-clicking the<emph> Page Number </emph>field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To go to a specific page, enter the page number in the <emph>Page</emph> spin button in the Navigator and then press Enter.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">By pressing the shortcut keys Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F5, you switch to entering a page number. When you press Enter, the cursor moves to the selected page.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���( ( text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="einfuegen"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp">Insert</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar with various functions for inserting graphics, tables, documents, and special characters. </paragraph></section><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_grid.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select the following functions:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp">Insert single-column frame manually</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#syrahmentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syrahmen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp">From File</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp#grafiktext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sygrafik"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp">Insert Table</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#tabelletext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytabelle"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp">Insert Document</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#datei"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syeinfdatei"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Insert Special Character</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp#sonder"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sysonder"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">Insert Section</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereich"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sybereich"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp">Insert Bookmark</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#textmarkeein"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytextmarke"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xi~�K K text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Header</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="kopfzeile"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp">Insert Header</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="FN_INSERT_HEADER">Displays the header of an HTML document if headers are enabled on the <link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XFb˚�E �E text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formula</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formel"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_CALC" id="bm_id3155175"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">Formula</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="FN_FORMULA_CALC">Opens a submenu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.</ahelp> Place the cursor in a cell in the table or at the position in the document where you want the result to appear. Click the<emph> Formula </emph>icon and choose the desired formula from the submenu.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click <emph>Apply</emph> to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp"><emph>Insert Fields</emph></link> and <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialogs.</paragraph><section id="syformel"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20556.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Formula</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Summary of Formula Options</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Basic Calculation Functions</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Addition</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">+</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Calculates the total.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: <A1> + 8</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Subtraction</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">-</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Calculates the difference</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 10 - <B5></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Multiplication</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">MUL or *</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Calculates the product.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 7 MUL 9</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Division</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">DIV or /</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Calculates the quotient</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 100 DIV 15</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Basic Functions in the Submenu</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Sum</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">SUM</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_SUM" id="bm_id3154400"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_SUM">Calculates the sum of the selected cells.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: SUM <A2:C2> displays the sum of the values in cells A2 to C2</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Round</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">ROUND</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_ROUND" id="bm_id3154851"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_ROUND">Rounds a number to the specified decimal places.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 15.678 ROUND 2 displays 15.68</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Percent</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">PHD</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_PHD" id="bm_id3149981"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_PHD">Calculates a percentage</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 10 + 15 PHD displays 10.15</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Square Root</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">SQRT</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_SQRT" id="bm_id3153074"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_SQRT">Calculates the square root.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: SQRT 25 displays 5.00</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Power</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">POW</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_POW" id="bm_id3149779"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_POW">Calculates the power of a number.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 2 POW 8 displays 256.00</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_POP_OPS" id="bm_id3150227"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Operators</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_POP_OPS">You can insert various operators in your formula.</ahelp> Choose from the following functions:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">List Separator</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">|</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_LISTSEP" id="bm_id3153110"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_LISTSEP">Separates the elements in a list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example of using a list:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">MIN 10|20|50|<C6>|<A2:B6>|20</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Equal</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">EQ or ==</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_EQ" id="bm_id3150947"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_EQ">Checks if selected values are equal.</ahelp> If they are unequal, the result is zero, otherwise 1 (true) appears.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: <A1> EQ 2 displays 1, if the content of A1 equals 2.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Not Equal</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">NEQ or !=</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_NEQ" id="bm_id3150537"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_NEQ">Tests for inequality between selected values.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: <A1> NEQ 2 displays 0 (wrong), if the content of A1 equals 2.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Less than or Equal</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">LEQ</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_LEQ" id="bm_id3151268"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_LEQ">Tests for values less than or equal to a specified value.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: <A1> LEQ 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is less than or equal to 2.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Greater than or Equal</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">GEQ</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_GEQ" id="bm_id3148887"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_GEQ">Tests for values greater than or equal to a specified value</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: <A1> GEQ 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is greater than or equal to 2.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Less</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">L</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_LES" id="bm_id3155422"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_LES">Tests for values less than a specified value</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: <A1> L 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is less than 2.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Greater</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">G</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_GRE" id="bm_id3147322"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_GRE">Tests for values greater than a specified value</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: <A1> G 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is greater than 2.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Boolean Or</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">OR</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_OR" id="bm_id3150286"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_OR">Tests for values matching the Boolean OR</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 0 OR 0 displays 0 (false), anything else results in 1 (true)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Boolean X Or</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">XOR</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_XOR" id="bm_id3146992"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_XOR">Tests for values matching the Boolean exclusive OR</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 1 XOR 0 displays 1 (true)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Boolean And</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">AND</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_AND" id="bm_id3153803"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_AND">Tests for values matching the Boolean AND</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: 1 AND 2 displays 1 (true)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Boolean Not</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">NOT</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_NOT" id="bm_id3148644"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_NOT">Tests for values matching the Boolean NOT</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: NOT 1 (true) displays 0 (false)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_POP_STATISTICS" id="bm_id3154251"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Statistical Functions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_POP_STATISTICS">You can choose from the following statistical functions:</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Mean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">MEAN</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_MEAN" id="bm_id3154087"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_MEAN">Calculates the arithmetic mean of the values in an area or a list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: MEAN 10|30|20 displays 20</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Minimum Value</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">MIN</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_MIN" id="bm_id3155292"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_MIN">Calculates the minimum value in an area or a list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: MIN 10|30|20 displays 10</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Maximum Value</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">MAX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_MAX" id="bm_id3154737"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_MAX">Calculates the maximum value in an area or a list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: MAX 10|30|20 displays 30.00</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_POP_FUNC" id="bm_id3153211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Trigonometric Functions </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_POP_FUNC">You can choose from the following trigonometric functions:</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Sine</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">SIN</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_SIN" id="bm_id3149541"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_SIN">Calculates the sine in radians</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: SIN (PI/2)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Cosine</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">COS</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_COS" id="bm_id3154544"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_COS">Calculates the cosine in radians.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: COS 1</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Tangent</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">TAN</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_TAN" id="bm_id3149380"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_TAN">Calculates the tangent in radians.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: TAN <A1></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arc Sine</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">ASIN</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_ASIN" id="bm_id3150577"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_ASIN">Calculates the arc sine in radians.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: ASIN 1</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arc Cosine</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">ACOS</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_ACOS" id="bm_id3153822"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_ACOS">Calculates the arc cosine in radians.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: ACOS 1</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arc Tangent</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">ATAN</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_CALC_ATAN" id="bm_id3147091"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_ATAN">Calculates the arc tangent in radians.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: ATAN 1</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Variables for document properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following document properties are also found under <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">CHAR</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Number of characters in the document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">WORD</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Number of words in the document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">PARA</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Number of paragraphs in the document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">GRAPH</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Number of graphics in the document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">TABLES</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Number of tables in the document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">OLE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Number of OLE objects in the document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">PAGE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Total number of pages in the document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">More Defined Values</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">PI</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">PI</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">3.1415...</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Euler's constant</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">E</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2.71828...</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">True</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">TRUE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">not equal to 0</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">False</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">FALSE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">0</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�T��� � text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Subject</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="thema"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147169"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertTopicField" id="bm_id8788897"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertTopicField" id="bm_id3154505"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp">Subject</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertTopicField">Inserts the subject specified in the document properties as a field .</ahelp> This field displays the data entered in the <emph>Subject</emph> field under <emph>File - Properties - Description</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehlthema"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X\F� � text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Restart Numbering</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="numerierungneustarten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NumberingStart" id="bm_id2031850"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NumberingStart" id="bm_id3154507"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp">Restart Numbering</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:NumberingStart" visibility="visible">Restarts the text numbering.</ahelp> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text.</paragraph></section><section id="synumerierungneustarten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_numberingstart.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Restart Numbering</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�ޣ � text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formula Area</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formelbereich"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_EDIT_FORMULA" id="bm_id3145829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp">Formula Area</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="HID_EDIT_FORMULA">Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the <emph>Formula</emph> icon to display the formulas in submenu.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syformelbereich"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/rechenlt.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Formula Area</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�D@�� � text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Column</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="spalteeinfuegen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152899"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumns" id="bm_id2116346"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumns" id="bm_id3151188"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp">Insert Column</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertColumns">Inserts one or more columns into the table, after the selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the dialog (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Columns</emph>), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon.</ahelp> If the latter method is used, the columns inserted will have the same relative width as the selected columns.</paragraph></section><section id="syspalteeinfuegen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertcolumns.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Column</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="feldbefehl"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp">Insert Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the submenu. </paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select the following functions:</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#datum"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#zeit"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#seitennummer"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#seitenzahl"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#thema"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#titel"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#autor"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Other</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#feldbefehltext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X ��� � " text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Word Count Status Bar Field</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="section"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StateWordCount" id="bm_word_count"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp">Word Count Status Bar Field</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StateWordCount">The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp">word count dialog</link>, which shows extra document statistics.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�(4W� � text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Animation</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="lauftext"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp">Text Animation</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#lauftext"/></section><section id="sylauftext"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_text_marquee.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Text Animation</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� � text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print Options</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="doptionen"><bookmark branch="hid/FN_PREVIEW_PRINT_OPTIONS" id="bm_id4480392"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PreviewPrintOptions" id="bm_id3145248"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp">Print Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:PreviewPrintOptions" visibility="visible">Opens a dialog where settings for the printout of your document can be made.</ahelp> The pages are proportionally reduced in size. When printing multiple document pages on one printed page, the whole sheet of paper may not be printed on and a margin may remain.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="note">The settings entered on the <emph>Print options</emph> dialog will only be activated if you print out the document using the <emph>Print page view</emph> icon.</paragraph><section id="sydoptionen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_printersetup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Print options page view</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Distribution</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines the number of rows and columns to print, as well as the print size. You can also choose to print several document pages on one printed page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:NumericField:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:NF_ROWS" id="bm_id3155135"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:NF_ROWS" visibility="visible">Defines the number of rows of pages (horizontally stacked document pages).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:NumericField:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:NF_COLS" id="bm_id3155909"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:NF_COLS" visibility="visible">Defines the number of pages shown in columns (vertically tiled document pages).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Margins</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The print margins can be determined in this area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:MetricField:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_LMARGIN" id="bm_id3150696"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_LMARGIN" visibility="visible">Specifies the left margin width.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:MetricField:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_TMARGIN" id="bm_id3149563"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_TMARGIN" visibility="visible">Specifies the top margin height.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:MetricField:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_RMARGIN" id="bm_id3147744"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_RMARGIN" visibility="visible">Specifies the right margin width.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:MetricField:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_BMARGIN" id="bm_id3148850"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_BMARGIN" visibility="visible">Specifies the bottom margin height.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The spacing section is used to determine the horizontal and vertical distances between the reduced document pages on one page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:MetricField:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_HMARGIN" id="bm_id3150092"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_HMARGIN" visibility="visible">Determines the horizontal distance between document pages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:MetricField:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_VMARGIN" id="bm_id3153140"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_VMARGIN" visibility="visible">Determines the vertical distance between document pages.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines what print format to use.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:RadioButton:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:RB_LANDSCAPE" id="bm_id3149962"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Landscape</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:RB_LANDSCAPE" visibility="visible">Prints the page in landscape format.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:RadioButton:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:RB_PORTRAIT" id="bm_id3149622"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Portrait</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:RB_PORTRAIT" visibility="visible">Prints the page in portrait format.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:PushButton:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:PB_STANDARD" id="bm_id3149572"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:PB_STANDARD" visibility="visible">Specifies that the system will not use a fixed number of rows and columns when printing out the page view, but rather uses what was originally shown in the page view.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X꺴�, , text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Time</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeit"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147174"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertTimeField" id="bm_id393753"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertTimeField" id="bm_id3145243"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp">Time</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertTimeField" visibility="visible">Inserts the current time as a field.</ahelp> The time is taken directly from the system settings of your operating system. A fixed time format is applied, which cannot be updated by using the F9 function key.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehluhrzeit"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired changes in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�6|� � text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Unlink Frames</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verkettungloesen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151188"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UnhainFrames" id="bm_id5787098"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UnhainFrames" id="bm_id3149295"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp">Unlink Frames</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UnhainFrames">Breaks the link between two frames.</ahelp> You can only break the link that extends from the selected frame to the target frame.</paragraph></section><section id="syverkettungloesen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_unhainframes.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Unlink Frames</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Kq�� � text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Direct Cursor Mode</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schacur"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147167"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShadowCursor" id="bm_id4799596"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShadowCursor" id="bm_id3154504"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp">Direct Cursor Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShadowCursor">Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.</ahelp> You can specify the behavior of the direct cursor by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#direct_cursor"/><paragraph role="paragraph">On Tools bar, click</paragraph><section id="syschacur"><table name="tbl_id3151173"><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Toggle Direct Cursor Mode</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The direct cursor allows you to click in any blank area of a page to place text, images, tables, frames, and other objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you place the direct cursor approximately in the middle between the left and the right margin of a page or a table cell, the text you insert will be centered. Similarly, text is right-aligned when the direct cursor is placed on the right margin.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The AutoCorrect tool automatically removes empty paragraphs, tabs, and spaces that are inserted by the direct cursor. If you want to use the direct cursor, then disable the AutoCorrect tool.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The direct cursor sets tabs to position the cursor. If you change the tabs later. the position of the text on the page may change as well.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xeu��� � text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table: Fixed, Proportional</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabellefixprop"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeFixProp" id="bm_id6625550"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableModeFixProp" id="bm_id3154505"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp">Table: Fixed, Proportional</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeFixProp" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to the line and/or column affect the entire table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sytabellefixprop"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_tablemodefixprop.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Table: Fixed, Proportional</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�1�B text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Move Down with Subpoints</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hinuntermitunterpunkten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveDownSubItems" id="bm_id621345"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveDownSubItems" id="bm_id3145244"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp">Move Down with Subpoints</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:MoveDownSubItems" visibility="visible">Moves a paragraph with all its subpoints below the following paragraph.</ahelp> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text.</paragraph></section><section id="syhinuntermitunterpunkten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_movedownsubitems.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Down with Subpoints</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XV���K K text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Footer</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fusszeile"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp">Insert Footer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="FN_INSERT_FOOTER">Displays the footer of an HTML document if footers are enabled on the <link href="text/shared/01/05040400.xhp"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X'�� � text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Multiple Pages Preview</title><filename>/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="massstab"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PreviewZoom" id="bm_id2536826"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/PreviewZoomDialog" id="bm_id3145243"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowMultiplePages" id="bm_id2980921"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:PreviewZoom">Defines the number of pages displayed on screen. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a grid to select the number of pages to be displayed as rows and columns in the preview.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="symassstab"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_showmultiplepages.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Multiple Pages Preview</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">After clicking the <emph>Multiple Pages Preview</emph> icon, the<emph> Multiple pages</emph> dialog opens. Use the two spin buttons to set the number of pages to be displayed. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/rows" id="bm_id3155183"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/rows">Defines the number of rows of pages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/cols" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/previewzoomdialog/cols">Defines the number of pages shown in columns.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The settings you choose in the dialog can also be set using the mouse: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Multiple Pages Preview</emph> icon. Now move the mouse over the desired number of rows and columns.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XJ�c text/swriter/main0203.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Image Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0203.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="objektleistegrafik"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_GRAFIK_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154274"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0203.xhp">Image Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GRAFIK_TOOLBOX">The <emph>Image</emph> Bar contains functions for formatting and positioning selected bitmap graphics.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp#filter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp#syfilter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24020000.xhp#grafikmodus"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24020000.xhp#sygrafikmodus"/><embed href="text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp#color"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24090000.xhp#transparenz"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24090000.xhp#sytransparenz"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp">Flip Vertically</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#vertikaltext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp">Flip Horizontally</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#horizontaltext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp">Graphics Properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#grafiktext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syeigenschaften"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��j�� � text/swriter/main0105.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Format</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0105.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="format"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatMenu" id="bm_id3047160"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0105.xhp">Format</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormatMenu">Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05010000.xhp#standard"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020000.xhp">Character</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020000.xhp#zeichentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp">Paragraph</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp#absatztext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp">Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp#numauftext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp">Page</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp#seitetext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05050000.xhp#grossklein"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05060000.xhp#ruby"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp">Columns</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#spaltentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp">Sections</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#bereichetext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#autoformat"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp#verankerung"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#umlauf"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070000.xhp#ausrichtung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080000.xhp#ausrichtung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp#anordnung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05240000.xhp#legende"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05290000.xhp#gruppe"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#object"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp">Frame</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#rahm"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp">Image</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#grafiktext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�Od d text/swriter/main0101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>File</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="file"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FileMenu" id="bm_id4299142"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0101.xhp">File</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">These commands apply to the current document, open a new document, or close the application.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/01010000.xhp#new"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp#open"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01990000.xhp#recentdocs"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01050000.xhp#close"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp#wizards"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01110000.xhp#templates"/><embed href="text/shared/02/07060000.xhp#reload"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01190000.xhp#versions"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01060000.xhp#save"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#saveas"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01180000.xhp#saveall"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp#export"/><embed href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp#pdf_export"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01160000.xhp#send"/><embed href="text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp#previewinbrowser"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#printpreview"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp#print"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp#printersetup"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01100000.xhp#properties"/><embed href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp#digitalsignatures"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01170000.xhp#exit"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X���yb b text/swriter/main0208.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Status Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0208.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="status"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0208.xhp">Status Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Status Bar contains information about the current document and offers various buttons with special functions.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#seitennummer"/><embed href="text/shared/02/20020000.xhp#aktuelleseitenvorlage"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LanguageStatus" id="bm_id8360850"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the language for the selected text. <br/>Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the text from spellchecking and hyphenation. <br/>Choose Reset to Default Language to re-apply the default language for the selection or the paragraph. <br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/20040000.xhp#einfuegemodus"/><embed href="text/shared/02/20050000.xhp#selektionsmodus"/><embed href="text/shared/02/20060000.xhp#dokumentveraenderung"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Digital Signature</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">See also <link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp#kombinierteanzeige"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Zoom & View Layout</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Three controls on the Writer Status Bar allow you to change the zoom and view layout of your text documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ViewLayout" id="bm_id5961180"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The View Layout icons show from left to right: Single column mode. View mode with pages side by side. Book mode with two pages as in an open book.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ZoomSlider" id="bm_id6407055"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Drag the Zoom slider to the left to show more pages, drag to the right to zoom into a page and show a smaller area of the page.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/20030000.xhp#maszstab"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�Ńp� � text/swriter/main0215.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Frame Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0215.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="objektleisterahmen"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_FRAME_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0215.xhp">Frame Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FRAME_TOOLBOX">When a frame is selected, the <emph>Frame </emph>Bar provides the most important functions for formatting and positioning the frame.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#benvor"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#sylistenfeld"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">Wrap Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#keinumlauftext"/>You can also choose this setting on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sykeinumlauf"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">Wrap On</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#seitenumlauftext"/>This icon represents the <emph>Page Wrap</emph> option on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#syumlauf"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">Wrap Through</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#durchlauftext"/>You can also define this setting on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sydurchlauf"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#links"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sylinks"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp#zentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syazentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070300.xhp#rechts"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syrechts"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070400.xhp#oben"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syoben"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp#mitte"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#symitte"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070600.xhp#unten"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syunten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#syumrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#linienstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#sylinienstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#linienfarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#sylinienfarbe"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp">Background Color</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#hintergrundfarbetext"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#syabsatzhintergrund"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp">Frame Properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#rahm"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syeigenschaftenrahmen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#ganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp#ganznachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syganznachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerungtext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syverankerung"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#verkettung"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#syverkettung"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#verkettungloesen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#syverkettungloesen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X"�(�M" M" " text/swriter/classificationbar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document Classification</title><filename>/text/swriter/classificationbar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="classdoc"><link href="text/swriter/classificationbar.xhp">Document Classification</link></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id030820161847569710"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Document classification and security is an important issue for businesses and governments.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Information is exchanged between users and organizations that collaborate to pursue a business goal. Where sensitive information is involved, it is assumed that the parties will have agreed what information is sensitive and how such information will be identified and handled. Any recipient of a resource will rely upon the provider of the information to follow the agreed procedures to identify the sensitivity of the information.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME provides standardized means for such sensitivity information to be expressed and may be used between parties if interoperable systems are to be implemented. It provides a set of standard “fields” that can be used to hold sensitivity information. It does not attempt to define what the contents of these “fields” should be. This approach is an improvement upon the only alternative that exists at the moment, which is for the provider to use an arbitrary means to express sensitivity that may not be useful to a recipient.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">While this standard has been developed with the intent that it would be applicable in any domain of activity, %PRODUCTNAME retained the aerospace and defense industry nomenclature and categories, where sensitivity marking results from national security, export control and intellectual property policies.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME implemented the open standards produced by <item type="acronym">TSCP</item> (Transglobal Secure Collaboration Participation, Inc.) independent of a specific vendor. Two of them are interesting:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">Business Authentication Framework (<item type="acronym">BAF</item>) specifies how to describe the existing policy (which is probably some legal text) in a machine-readable format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">Business Authorization Identification and Labeling Scheme (<item type="acronym">BAILS</item>) specifies how to refer to such a <item type="acronym">BAF</item> policy in a document. The concepts in <item type="acronym">BAILS</item> are so generic that they can be applied to any format that supports document-level user-defined properties.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">BAF Categories</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id030820161856432825"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The default BAF categories for %PRODUCTNAME are listed below.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Only the Intellectual Properties category will modify the layout of the document with a watermark, fields in the header and footer and an information bar on top of the document area. Each item inserted in the document is controlled by the classification configuration file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Intellectual Property</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Intellectual property is a generic term for the nature of the contents of the document. Select this category for general purpose document classification.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">National Security</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Selects the category of this document for the national security policy type. The selected category is saved together with the document as BAILS metadata in the file properties and no modifications is carried in the document layout or the user interface.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Export Control</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Selects the category of this document for the export control policy type. The selected category is saved together with the document as BAILS metadata in the file properties and no modifications is carried in the document layout or the user interface.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Refer to your corporate data security policy and information security officers for support in document classification.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default levels of classification</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id030820161849574719"/><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME provides default levels of document classification (<item type="acronym">BAILS</item>) shown below, sorted by increasing level of business sensitivity:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Non-Business</emph>: Information in document has no impact in business, if made public.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>General Business</emph>: Minor impact. Information has impact in business, can generate embarrassments, minor damage in brand image, if made public.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Confidential</emph>: Modest impact. Information disclosed can damage business brand, can generate negative media coverage and loss of revenue.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Internal use only</emph>: Major damage. Negative national media, lawsuits, fines, long term brand damages.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Customizing classification levels.</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id030820161851045883"/><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME allows customization of the levels of classification for your business. To customize the number and the name of the levels, copy the file <item type="literal">example.xml</item> located in <item type="menuitem">Tools -> Options -> LibreOffice -> Paths -> Classification</item> into a local folder and edit the contents.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Use the file with your %PRODUCTNAME locale in the name as example.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Save the file and make the classification path above access the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Your system administrator can place the file in a network folder and make all users access the classification settings file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pasting contents in documents with different levels of classification.</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id030820161851512902"/><paragraph role="paragraph">To prevent a breach in the security policy, contents with high classification level pasted to documents with lower classification level are not allowed. %PRODUCTNAME will display a warning message wherever it detects that the contents of the clipboard have higher security classification than the target document.</paragraph><section id="toolbar"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/classificationbar.xhp">Classification Bar</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id030820161853495457"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Classification</emph> bar contains tools to help secure document handling.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Classification toolbar contains listboxes to help in selecting the security of the document, according to the <item type="acronym">BAF</item> category policy and <item type="acronym">BAILS</item> levels. %PRODUCTNAME will add custom fields in the document properties (<item type="menuitem">File -> Properties</item>, Custom fields tab) to store the classification policy as document metadata.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Go to menu <item type="menuitem">View -> Toolbars </item>and select <item type="menuitem">Classification</item></paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><link href="http://www.tscp.org/about-tscp/"><item type="acronym">TSCP</item> (Transglobal Secure Collaboration Participation, Inc.) website</link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><link href="http://www.tscp.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/TSCP_BAFv1.pdf">Business Authentication Framework (<item type="acronym">BAF</item>) document (PDF)</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><link href="http://www.tscp.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/TSCP_BAILSv1.pdf">Business Authorization Identification and Labeling Scheme (<item type="acronym">BAILS</item>) document (PDF)</link></paragraph></listitem></list></section></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�B�� � text/swriter/main0100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Menus</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="menues"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="main0100"><link href="text/swriter/main0100.xhp">Menus</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000011.xhp#kontexthidden"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0101.xhp#file"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0102.xhp#edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0103.xhp#view"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0104.xhp#insert"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0105.xhp#format"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0115.xhp#styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0110.xhp#table"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0106.xhp#tools"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0107.xhp#window"/><embed href="text/shared/main0108.xhp#help"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�#�^� � text/swriter/main0214.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formula Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0214.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="rechen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFormula" id="bm_id6941007"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFormula" id="bm_id1816461"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="releistename"><link href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp">Formula Bar</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Formula</emph> Bar allows you to create and insert calculations into a text document.</ahelp> To activate the <emph>Formula</emph> Bar, press F2.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp#zellenbezug"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#formel"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#syformel"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#abbrechen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#syabbrechen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#uebernehmen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#syuebernehmen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#formelbereich"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#syformelbereich"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��*� � text/swriter/main0206.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bullets and Numbering Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0206.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="objektleistenum"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_NUM_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp">Bullets and Numbering Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_NUM_TOOLBOX">The <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar contains functions to modify the structure of numbered paragraphs, including changing the order of paragraphs and defining different paragraph levels.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#numerierungausschalten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#synumerierungausschalten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06060000.xhp#hochstufen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06060000.xhp#syhochstufen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06050000.xhp#hinunterstufen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06050000.xhp#syhinunterstufen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#hochmitunterpunkten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#syhochmitunterpunkten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#hinuntermitunterpunkten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#syhinuntermitunterpunkten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#absatzohnum"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#syabsatzohnum"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06100000.xhp#hochschieben"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06100000.xhp#syhochschieben"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06110000.xhp#hinunterschieben"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06110000.xhp#syhinunterschieben"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#hochmitunterpunkten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#syhochmitunterpunkten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#hinuntermitunterpunkten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#syhinuntermitunterpunkten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#numerierungneustarten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#synumerierungneustarten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp#numerierungaufzaehlung"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#synumauf"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�TՄ � text/swriter/main0210.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print Preview</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0210.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seitenansicht"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_PVIEW_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154239"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_PAGEPREVIEW" id="bm_id3154242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp">Print Preview</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Print Preview</emph> Bar appears when you view the current document in the print preview mode.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/10010000.xhp#vorigeseite"/><embed href="text/shared/02/10010000.xhp#syvorigeseite"/><embed href="text/shared/02/10020000.xhp#naechsteseite"/><embed href="text/shared/02/10020000.xhp#synaechsteseite"/><embed href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp#ersteseite"/><embed href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp#syersteseite"/><embed href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp#letzteseite"/><embed href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp#syletzteseite"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#zweiseiten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#syzweiseiten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#massstab"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#symassstab"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#bookpreview"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#sybookpreview"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp#zoomin"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp#zoomout"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp#previewzoom"/><embed href="text/shared/01/03110000.xhp#ganzerbildschirm"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#syfullscreen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X text/swriter/00/PK
5w�Xa��� � text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Menu</title><filename>/text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Menu</paragraph><section id="autotext"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F3</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the Insert toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syautotext"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_editglossary.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">AutoText</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="datenaust">Choose <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehl">Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="fussnote">Choose <emph>Edit - Footnotes</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="verzeichniseintrag"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Index Entry</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bereiche">Choose <emph>Format - Sections</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autotextum">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoText - AutoText - Rename</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="lit">Choose <emph>Edit - Bibliography Entry</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="selection_mode">Choose <emph>Edit - Selection Mode</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="direct_cursor">Choose <emph>Edit - Direct Cursor Mode</emph></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XUp�/� � text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>File Menu</title><filename>/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">File Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exportdoc">Menu <emph>File - Export</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sendenstarimpress">Choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sendenclipboard">Choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Clipboard</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sendenautoabstract">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create AutoAbstract</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sendenpraeser">Choose <emph>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="html">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="serienbrief"><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert at least one address database field into a text document, then start printing the document. Answer "Yes" to the question whether you want to print a form letter.</paragraph></section><section id="syserienbrief"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_mergedialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Mail Merge</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XnB�`
text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tools Menu</title><filename>/text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Tools Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="silbentrennung">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="wordcount">Choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kapitelnumerierung">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kapitelnumerierung1">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering - Numbering</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zeilennumerierung">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph> (not for HTML format)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="fussnoteneinstellung">Choose <emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="fussnoten">Choose <emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes - Footnotes</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="endnoten">Choose <emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes - Endnotes</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="texttabelle">Choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sortieren">Choose <emph>Tools - Sort</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="berechnen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + plus sign</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aktualisieren">Choose <emph>Tools - Update</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="seitenformatierung">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Reformat Pages</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aktuellesverz">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Current Index</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="alleverz">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="alles">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All </emph></variable></paragraph><section id="aktfelder"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields </emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">F9 key</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aktverknuepf">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="adiagr">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Charts</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="mmwizard"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Mail Merge</emph> icon on the <emph>Table Data</emph> bar:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_mergedialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Mail Merge</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��(��5 �5 text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Menu</title><filename>/text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="manuellerumbruch">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="einffeldalle"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Field</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Fields</emph> (inserted fields)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehldatum">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Date</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehluhrzeit">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Time</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehlseitennummer">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehlseitenanzahl">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehlthema">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Subject</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehltitel">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Title</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehlautor">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Author</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="feldbefehlein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F2</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Insert toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syfeldbefehl"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertfield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Fields</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="felddokument">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Document</emph> tab</variable></paragraph><section id="feldreferenzen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Cross-references</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldfunktionen">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Functions</emph> tab</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="felddokumentinfo">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - DocInformation</emph> tab</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldvariablen">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Variables</emph> tab</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="felddatenbank">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Database</emph> tab</variable></paragraph><section id="bereichein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="sybereich"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertsection.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Section</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bereicheinbereich">Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Section</emph> tab or choose <emph>Format - Sections</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sectionindents">Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Indents</emph> tab or choose <emph>Format - Sections</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="fussnoteein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Footnote/Endnote</emph> (inserted Footnote/Endnote)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syfussnoteein"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Footnote Directly</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="syendnoteein"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertendnote.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Endnote Directly</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="beschriftungein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Caption</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="nummernkreisoptionen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption - Options</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Caption - Options</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="textmarkeein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="sytextmarke"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/nc20005.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Bookmark</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="einfscript">Choose <emph>Insert - Script</emph> (only HTML documents)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnisseeinf">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="eintragverz"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syeintrag"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertindexesentry.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Entry</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="stichwortverzeichnisverz">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="inhaltsverz">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="benutzerverz">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="stichwortverzeichnisverz1">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz2">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (depending on the type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz21">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Table of Contents is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz22">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Alphabetical Index is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz23">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Illustration Index is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz24">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Index of Tables is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz25">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when User-Defined is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz26">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Table of Objects is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz27">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph> tab (when Bibliography is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz28">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph>, mark "Additional Styles" check box and then click <emph>Assign styles</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz3">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (depending on type selected)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz31">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Table of Contents is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz32">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Alphabetical Index is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz33">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Illustration Index is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz34">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Index of Tables is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz35">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when User-Defined is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz36">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Table of Objects is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verz37">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Entries</emph> tab (when Bibliography is the selected type)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="litdef">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph> and click <emph>Edit</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="stichwortverzeichnisverz3">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Styles</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="briefumschlag">Choose <emph>Insert - Envelope</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="umschlagb">Choose <emph>Insert - Envelope - Envelope</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formatbr">Choose <emph>Insert - Envelope - Format</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="druckerbr">Choose <emph>Insert - Envelope - Printer</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="rahmen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syrahmen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertframe.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Frame Manually</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="einfgentabelle"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F12</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="sytabelle"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_grid.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Table</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="einfhorizlinie">Choose <emph>Insert - Horizontal Rule</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="einfdatei"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syeinfdatei"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertdoc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">File</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kopfzeile">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="fusszeile">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X)h�1< 1< text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Format Menu</title><filename>/text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Format Menu</paragraph><section id="initialen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Drop Caps</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Drop Caps</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="textfss"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Text Flow</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace - Format - Text Flow</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="vorlagenbedingt"><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click a paragraph with style <item type="literal">Text body</item>. Choose <emph>Edit Paragraph Style - Condition</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="vorlagenladen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and keep the mouse button pressed. Choose <emph>Load Styles</emph> from the submenu.</paragraph></section><section id="formatseite"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu <emph>New/Modify</emph> (for Page Styles)</paragraph></section><section id="abnumerierung"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Outline & Numbering</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Outline & Numbering</emph> tab (Paragraph Styles)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltenber">Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Options</emph> button
</variable></paragraph><section id="spaltens"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Columns</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Columns</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Columns</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Columns</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert/Format - Section(s) - Columns</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="fussnoteform"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Footnote</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Footnote</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="fussendnoten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Options</emph> button <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="absatzvorlage"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Paragraph Styles)</paragraph></section><section id="zeichenvorlage"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Character Styles)</paragraph></section><section id="rahmenvorlage"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Frame Styles)</paragraph></section><section id="numerierungsvorlage"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for List Styles)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eingabe">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformat1">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformat2">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformat3">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformattab">Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph> (with cursor in a table)
</variable></paragraph><section id="formatgrafik"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Image - From File - Properties</emph> button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Choose <emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph> (when graphics are selected)
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Image</emph> Bar (when images are selected), click</paragraph><section id="syeigenschaften"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_framedialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Graphics Properties</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="grafiktyp"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Type</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Type</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Type</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Type</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="grafikumlauf"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Properties - Wrap</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Wrap</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Wrap</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Wrap - Edit - Wrap</emph> tab</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kontureditor">Choose <emph>Format - Wrap - Edit Contour</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="grahyper"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Hyperlink</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Hyperlink</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Hyperlink</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="grazusaetze"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Options</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Options</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame - Options</emph> tab</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="grafik1">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Image</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="makrografik"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert/Format - Image - Macro</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Macro</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoText - AutoText (button) - Macro</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - ImageMap -</emph> open context menu<emph> - Macro</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Hyperlink - Events</emph> icon (look for Help tip)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Hyperlink</emph> tab<emph> - Events</emph> button</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formattabelle">Choose <emph>Table - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabauf">Choose <emph>Table - Split Table</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabverb">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Table</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabformat">Choose <emph>Table - Properties - Table</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltentab">Choose <emph>Table - Properties - Columns</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabelletextfluss">Choose <emph>Table - Properties - Text Flow</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zelle">Right-click in a table, choose <emph>Cell</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="verbindenze"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syzellenverbinden"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_mergecells.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Merge Cells</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="teilenz"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syzellenteilen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_splitcell.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Split Cells</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="schtzenze">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Protect</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="schutzaufhz"><paragraph role="paragraph">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu in Navigator for tables</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zeile">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Row</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hoehez">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Row - Height</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="optihz"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Optimal Row Height</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syoptimalzeile"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_setoptimalrowheight.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Optimal Row Height</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="verteilenzeile"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Distribute Rows Equally</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syverteilenzeile"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_distributerows.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Distribute Rows Equally</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="selektierenz">Choose <emph>Table - Select - Row</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="loschenz"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Delete - Rows</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syzeileloeschen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_deleterows.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete Row</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spalte">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Column</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="breites">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Column - Width</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="optibrs"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Optimal Column Width</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syoptimalspalte"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_setoptimalcolumnwidthdirect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Optimal Column Width</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="verteilenspalte"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Distribute Columns Equally</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syverteilentext"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_distributecolumns.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Space Columns Equally</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltesel">Choose <emph>Table - Select - Column</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="einfgens"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Columns</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Rows</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertcolumns.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Column</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertrows.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Row</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="lschens"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Delete - Columns</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syspalteloeschen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_deletecolumns.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete Column</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="objektformat"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syeigenschaftenobjekt"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_framedialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Object Properties</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="syeigenschaftenrahmen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_framedialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Frame Properties</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="textraster"><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>Format - Page</emph> - tab <emph>Text Grid</emph>, if Asian language support is enabled</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�q�� text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View Menu</title><filename>/text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">View Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="lineal">Choose <emph>View - Rulers - Rulers</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="textbegrenzungen">Choose <emph>View - Text Boundaries</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="markierungen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F8</paragraph></section><section id="feldbefehle"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9</paragraph></section><section id="steuerzeichen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Non-printing Characters</emph> </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F10</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Standard bar, click</paragraph><section id="systeuerzeichen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_controlcodes.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Non-printing Characters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="webbrowser"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Web</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Tools bar, enable</paragraph><section id="sybrowser"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_browseview.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Web</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="drucklayout"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Normal</emph></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="versteckteabs">Choose <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XF�9x� � text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To access this function...</title><filename>/text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="wie">To access this function...</variable></paragraph><section id="sykeinumlauf"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_wrapoff.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Wrap Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syumlauf"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_wrapon.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Wrap On</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sydurchlauf"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_wrapthrough.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Wrap Through</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="nopfli"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06301.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Jump to Previous Script</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="nopfre"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06300.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Jump to Next Script</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X text/swriter/guide/PK
5w�X2��' ' % text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145819"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="footnote_usage"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Footnote or Endnote</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Footnote</item> or <item type="menuitem">Endnote</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the note.</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Edit a Footnote or Endnote</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T
</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click "Footnote" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X5��
$ text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Converting a Field into Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154079"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="field_convert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Unformatted text" in the
<item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list, and then click
<item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�Xj�1%f f % text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Sections</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="section_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp">Inserting Sections</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a New Section</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Section as a Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> area, select the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type="menuitem">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button next to the <emph>File name</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�$*e e * text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting a Scanned Image</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156017"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_scan"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard.
</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">The scanner must support the SANE standard.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Follow the scanning instructions.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X~u�
$ text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146875"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="change_header"><link href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name for the page in the <item type="menuitem">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xa��: : text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Captions </title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147691"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="captions"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp">Using Captions</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To define a caption proceed as follows:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the options that you want, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, for example <item type="literal">Figure</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">You can edit caption text directly in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a "Table" caption, the "Table" paragraph style is applied to the caption text.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�7 �� � # text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153407"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="even_odd_sdw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_designerdialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Set Up Alternating Page Styles</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the list of page styles, right-click "Left Page" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select "Right Page" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the list of page styles, right-click "Right Page" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select "Left Page" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Go to the first page in your document, and double-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the "First Page" style to the title page.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XQI$1� � # text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Tables</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156377"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp">Inserting Tables</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In your text document, do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Options</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Is inserted as...</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">OLE object - as with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">GDIMetaFile</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Graphic</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Bitmap</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Graphic</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">HTML</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">HTML table</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Unformatted text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text only, tab stops as separators</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Formatted text [RTF]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text table</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">DDE link (only under Windows)
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the selected cells into the text document.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XL�� � % text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Going to Specific Bookmark</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="jump2statusbar"><link href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">hold down Ctrl and click
</caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp">Insert Bookmark</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�$Ⱥ� � " text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156377"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_cells"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X:<h&� � " text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Rotating Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_rotate"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp">Rotating Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type="menuitem">Drawing</item> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp"><item type="menuitem">Text</item></link> icon <image src="cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp"><item type="menuitem">Rotate</item></link> icon <image src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png"/> on the <item type="menuitem">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag one of the corner handles of the text object.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp">Show Draw Functions</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�C��l l & text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145819"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="footer_nextpage"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The page number is only displayed if the following page exists.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��t�s s " text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149694"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_small"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select "2" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages. </paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="3"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp">File - Print Preview</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X&���O
O
$ text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Positioning Objects</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147828"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="anchor_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp">Positioning Objects</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Anchoring</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">As character</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it "as character", then center the paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">To character</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Anchors the selected item to a character.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">To paragraph</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">To page</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Anchors the selected item to the current page.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">To frame</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> submenu.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X����� � text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Sections</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149832"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="sections"><link href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp">Using Sections</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To prevent text from being edited.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To show or hide text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sections and Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde">DDE</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�f�( ' text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149973"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="arrange_chapters"><link href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame while holding the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image src="cmd/sc_navigator.png"/> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon <image src="sw/imglst/sc20244.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> <image src="sw/imglst/sc20174.png"/> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image src="sw/imglst/sc20171.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image src="sw/imglst/sc20172.png"/> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image src="sw/imglst/sc20173.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image src="sw/imglst/sc20236.png"/>, and then select a number from the list.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�ܻ�� � % text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Graphics</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp">Inserting Graphics</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�J��� � # text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table </title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156108"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_sizing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_optimizetable.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type="menuitem">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Changing the Width of Columns and Cells</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Change the Width of a Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Change the Width of a Cell</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Changing the Height of a Row</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Resizing a Whole Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click inside the table. Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�Xث[1 text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Smart Tags</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155622"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="smarttags"><link href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp">Using Smart Tags</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Installing Smart Tags</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Smart Tags Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X���� � text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151169"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Press the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert Sections</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press F6 until the focus is on the
<item type="menuitem">Insert</item> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Enter.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert Text Tables</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press F6 until the focus is on the
<item type="menuitem">Standard</item> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Enter.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X#�' ' & text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Automatically Check Spelling</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154265"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="auto_spellcheck"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you choose a word from the <item type="menuitem">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Replace</item> tab.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the words that you want to exclude.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose “None (Do not check spelling)”.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp">Creating a new dictionary.</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�F&h$ $ * text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Combining Numbered Lists</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150495"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="join_numbered_lists"><link href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select all of the paragraphs in the lists.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�Xi(/\ ! text/swriter/guide/references.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Cross-References</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145087"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="references"><link href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp">fields</link> in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cross-Referencing Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Insert a Target</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select "Insert Reference".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the target text, and "Page" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cross-Referencing an Object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Updating Cross-References</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#references_modify"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�]� � & text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Merging and Splitting Cells</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147240"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_cellmerge"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Merge Cells</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the adjacent cells.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Split Cells</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the cell to be split.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��iM M text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145087"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="send2html"><link href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, "Heading 1", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X����� � % text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Emphasizing Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149820"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp">Emphasizing Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X �b� � " text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Counting Words</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149686"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="words_count"><link href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp">Counting Words</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="how"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 "$" http://www.example.com.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="tip">To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp">File - Properties - Statistics</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�*h� � $ text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149689"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Define Index Entries</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Define Table of Contents Entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. </paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�g7?� � " text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating a Table of Contents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147104"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocdialog/TocDialog" id="bm_id3154749"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_toc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable></paragraph><section id="tomanual"><paragraph role="paragraph">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table of Contents</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp"><emph>Type</emph></link> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select "Table of Contents" in the <emph>Type</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select any options that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type="menuitem">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type="menuitem">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type="menuitem">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Update a Table of Contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�X��� � & text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Thesaurus</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="using_thesaurus"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp">Thesaurus</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the word that you want to look up or replace.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the "Replace with" text box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Replace</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href="http://extensions.libreoffice.org/">Extensions</link> web page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp">Thesaurus</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�Xy��� � text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To set the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XQLƳ # text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing the Case of Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155182"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_capital"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Capitalize Text</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to capitalize.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Text - Uppercase</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Change Text to Lowercase</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Text - Lowercase</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lowercase" in the Effects box.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X ��i5 5 & text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Word Completion for Text Documents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148882"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="word_completion"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"> To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2"> To Switch off the Word Completion </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"> Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"> Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> . </paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X ��a a text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using AutoText</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155521"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertautotextdialog/InsertAutoTextDialog" id="bm_id3148685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="autotext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp">Using AutoText</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create an AutoText Entry</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoText</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the category where you want to store the AutoText.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Close</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert an AutoText Entry</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type="literal">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type="literal">dt</item>, and then press F3.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Print a List of AutoText Entries</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select "Main" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using AutoText in Network Installations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, you can store "read-only" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp">Tools - AutoText</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X���}� � # text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printing Register-true</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4825891"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="registertrue"><link href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp">Printing Register-true</link></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#registerhaltigkeit"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Set a Document to Register-True Printing</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the whole document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type="menuitem">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Register-true</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�[탂 � # text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the index or table of contents.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type="menuitem">Enable cursor</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Protected Areas</item> section.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Type</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X>2 � � % text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Updating Styles From Selections</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155915"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="stylist_update"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the icon of the style category that you want to update.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��J4' ' ' text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147688"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="delete_from_dict"><link href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type="menuitem">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type="menuitem">Edit</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��Y � � text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Wrapping Text Around Objects</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154486"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="wrap"><link href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Wrap Text Around an Object</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Specify the Wrapping Properties</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="3"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Set the options that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the shape that the text wraps around.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="2"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Apply</item> icon (green check mark).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Close the <item type="menuitem">Contour Editor</item> window.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp">Contour Editor</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��� � # text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Selecting printer paper trays</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6609088"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="printer_tray"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Apply the page style to the pages that you want.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp">Creating and applying page styles</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�/%Z Z " text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Borders for Pages</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_page"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp">Defining Borders for Pages</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp#border_character"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X-M�� � & text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149637"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="numbering_paras"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click anywhere in the numbered list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type="menuitem">Start at</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XGѢ�� � & text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Number Ranges</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="number_sequence"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, "Quotation Number ".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Variables</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="3"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Number range" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type "Quotation" in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="6"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XA�9�{ { ' text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147406"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_intext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> icon, and choose "Mean" from the Statistical Functions list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X.��MW W ' text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Applying Text Formatting While You Type</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149689"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="shortcut_writing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To apply bold formatting</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To apply italic formatting</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To underline text</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to underline.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0400.xhp">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��2�� � & text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Line Numbers</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150101"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="numbering_lines"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Line numbers are not available in HTML format.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T
</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click the "Default" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">All paragraph styles are based on the "Default" style.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="5"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Specify the Starting Line Number</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in a paragraph.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <item type="menuitem">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a line number in the <item type="menuitem">Start with</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp">Tools - Line Numbering</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�O:F� � ! text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155183"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="page_break"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Manual Page Break</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want the new page to begin.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Ctrl+Enter.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Delete a Manual Page Break</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Backspace.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��< text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>About Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fields"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp">About Fields</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Viewing Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type="menuitem">Color setting</item> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following field types execute an action when you click the field:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Field Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Property</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Placeholder</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Insert Reference</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the mouse pointer to the reference.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Run macro</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Runs a macro.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Input Field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips option (<item type="menuitem">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type="menuitem">Help</item> menu.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Updating Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X]�� � # text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7693411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_select"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��aD D ' text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Templates and Styles</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153396"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="templates_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp">Templates and Styles</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] has a number of <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X� K K # text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Moving and Copying Text in Documents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155919"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdroptext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to move or copy.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/>
<image src="res/helpimg/movedata.png"/></paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/>
<image src="res/helpimg/copydata.png"/></paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X���� � ) text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145084"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="stylist_fillformat"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the style, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Fill Format Mode</item> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png"/> in the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <item type="keycode">Esc</item> when finished.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���{ { ' text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Conditional Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="conditional_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp">Conditional Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Define a Conditional Variable</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Variables</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Set variable" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box, for example <item type="literal">Reminder</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Text" in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter <item type="literal">1</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a "General" format.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type <item type="literal">Reminder EQ "3"</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The quotation marks enclosing the "3" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="5"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Display the Conditional Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Replace the number in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the field does not automatically update, press F9.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#defining_conditions"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">List of conditional operators</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���� � ( text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155624"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="footer_pagenumber"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12"</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Page Number</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Additionally Add a Page Count</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�ア�" �" ! text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="protection"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified or deleted.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protecting Sections in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Any section of a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes with or without a password.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><variable id="turnon">Turning on of protection</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Create or select a section:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If the section does not exist: Select the text. Go to the <emph>Insert - Section...</emph> in menu bar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If the section already exists:<variable id="gotosection">Go to the <emph>Format - Sections...</emph> in menu bar and select the section.<br/>
Or right-click on the section in the Navigator and choose the <emph>Edit...</emph> item.</variable></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Enable a protection</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want the protection without a password, choose the <emph>Protect</emph> check box under the <emph>Write protection</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want the protection with a password, choose the the <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes. Enter and confirm the password of at least five characters.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Modification of protection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#gotosection"/></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If the protection has no a password, and you want to give it, choose the <emph>With password</emph>, enter and confirm the password of at least five characters.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If the protection has a password, and you want only to clear it, uncheck the <emph>With password</emph> under the <emph> Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If the protection has a password, and you want only to change it, click to the <emph>Password</emph> button in the <emph>Write protection</emph>, enter the correct password, and in the new window, enter and confirm the new password of at least five characters.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><variable id="turnoff">Turning off of protection</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#gotosection"/></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="tablecontent">If the protection has no a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="tablecontent">If the protection has a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protecting Cells in a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can protect the contents of individual cells of tables or whole table in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#turnon"/></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">For one or several cells, place the cursor in a cell or select needed several cells. Choose the <emph>Table - Protect Cells</emph> in menu bar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">For whole table, select the table, and choose the <emph>Table - Protect Cells</emph> in menu bar.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#turnoff"/></paragraph><paragraph role="note"><variable id="firstof">If it is necessary, go to the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and choose <emph>Enable cursor</emph> under the <emph>Protected Areas</emph>.</variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">For one or several cells, place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. Choose the <emph>Tools - Unprotect Cells</emph> in menu bar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">For whole table, right-click on the table in the Navigator, and choose <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph> in the context menu.<br/>
Or select the whole table and choose <emph>Tools - Unprotect Cells</emph> in menu bar.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tables of Contents and Indexes Protection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Tables of contents and indexes created automatically in a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text, and it has automatically protected against accidental changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#turnon"/></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click in the index/table of contents. Go to <emph>Edit Index...</emph> in the context menu. Choose <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click on the index/table of contents in the Navigator and choose <emph>Index - Read-only</emph> item.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#turnoff"/></paragraph><paragraph role="note"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#firstof"/></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click in the index/table of contents. Go to the <emph>Edit Index...</emph> in the context menu. Uncheck <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click in the index/table of contents in the Navigator and uncheck <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protection of the whole <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can protect the contents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes, if it is one form follow file formats: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To enable the protection of the whole document, go to <emph>Tools - Options... - Writer - Compatibility</emph> and choose <emph>Protect form</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To disable the protection of the whole document, go to <emph>Tools - Options... - Writer - Compatibility</emph> and uncheck <emph>Protect form</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp#redlining_protect"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Other Contents</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��
& text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>User-Defined Indexes</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_userdef"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a User-Defined Index</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <item type="menuitem">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type="menuitem">Index</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name for the index in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a User-Defined Index</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the index.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="4"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select any options that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type="menuitem">Additional styles</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Assign styles</item> button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xn`��� � * text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147692"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_clipboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If your text already contains a formula, for example "12+24*2", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���� � % text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147407"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="auto_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Enter again to finish the list.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">You can start a numbered list with any number.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��?� � " text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Page Numbers </title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5918759"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pagenumbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp">Page Numbers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert Page Numbers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you see the text "Page number" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Start With a Defined Page Number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click into the first paragraph of your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Format the Page Number Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using Different Page Number Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different "next style".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, the "First Page" page style has "Default" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type="menuitem">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the "next style".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you just press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click into the first page of your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click the "First Page" style.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Now your title page has the style "First Page", and the next pages automatically have the "Default" style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can now for example insert a footer for the "Default" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X =�C� � " text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5111545"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fields_date"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click “Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list and do one of the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> list.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> list.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X`�^�� � ' text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Docking and Resizing Windows</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145088"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="resize_navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��� % text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printing a Brochure</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6743064"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_brochure"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp">Printing a Brochure</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To Print a Brochure</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialog.</paragraph><list type="ordered" startwith="4"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>Brochure</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include "All pages".</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="7"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp#brochure"/><paragraph role="note">If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�x�X`
`
text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Turning Off AutoCorrect </title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154250"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="auto_off"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. </paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Clear the "Replace" check box(es).</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Clear the "Capitalize first letter of every sentence" check box.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Clear the "Apply border" check box.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#number_date_conv"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X �?�~ ~ & text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155177"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_centervert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to center on the page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">To page</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Position</item> area, select "Center" in the <item type="menuitem">Horizontal</item> and <item type="menuitem">Vertical</item> boxes.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>. Click the <item type="menuitem">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type="menuitem">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type="menuitem">Line Arrangement</item> area.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��$�
% text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hyphen_prevent"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If your text is <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>
</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language </emph>box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp">Text Flow</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�J�
# text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_form"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the assign button <emph><</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type="menuitem">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�[��h h - text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145083"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_gallery"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�?�� � ( text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Checking Spelling and Grammar</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="spellcheck_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="http://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary">extensions web page</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type="menuitem">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�l;��6 �6 text/swriter/guide/main.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp#textmode_change"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#text_nav_keyb"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp#insert_specialchar"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#word_completion"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp#space_hyphen"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp#text_color"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#text_centervert"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#indenting"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#text_capital"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#reset_format"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#jump2statusbar"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#registertrue"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatically Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#removing_line_breaks"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp#undo_formatting"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#page_break"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#field_convert"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Editing Tables in Text</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#insert_beforetable"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#text_animation"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table of Contents, Index</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Headings, Types of Numbering</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#insert_tab_innumbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Editing Other Objects in Text</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#delete_from_dict"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Working with Documents</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#printing_order"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#send2html"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#smarttags"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp#fax"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp#pasting"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hidden_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#hidden_text_display"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#nonprintable_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#resize_navigator"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#number_date_conv"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#send2html"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#words_count"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XTb��� � # text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149489"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��W�� � & text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153398"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fields_userdata"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Operator</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">== or EQ</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">equals</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">!= or NEQ</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">is not equal to</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text in the document that you want to hide.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> area, select the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "Doe"</emph>, where "Doe" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">User variables</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_firstname</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">First name</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_lastname</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Last name</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_initials</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Initials</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_company</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Company</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_street</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Street</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_country</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Country</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_zipcode</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Zip Code</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_city</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">City</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_title</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Title</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_position</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Position</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_tel_work</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Business telephone number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_tel_home</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Home telephone number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_fax</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Fax number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_email</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">E-mail address</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">user_state</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">State</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hidden_text"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">List of operators</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X*b�>� � $ text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159260"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_nav_keyb"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor.</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Key</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Function</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><emph>+</emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Right, left arrow keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Up, down arrow keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor up or down one line.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">(<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Home</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Home</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In a table</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">End</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">End</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In a table</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">PgUp</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Scrolls up one page.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the header.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">PgDn</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Scroll down one page.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the footer.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/><embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� � text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Calculating in Text Documents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149909"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type="literal">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�mm�< < text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>User Defined Borders in Text Documents </title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6737876"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Properties</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection of cells</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Selection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Line arrangement area</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A one cell table, the cell is selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Cells in a column selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Cells in a row selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Examples</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png"/></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User defined settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Line types</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Image</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A black line</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A gray line</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A white line</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Examples</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a thick line style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png"/></paragraph><paragraph role="note">All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default. </paragraph><paragraph role="warning">All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/></case></switch><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp#border_character"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�,u! ! ! text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155845"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hyperlinks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XE�u2� � ' text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145246"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a Master Document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="2"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type="menuitem">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="4"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Edit a Master Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type="menuitem">Move down</item> or <item type="menuitem">Move up</item> icon.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20246.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object "to page". Instead, set the anchor "to paragraph" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to "Entire Page" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example "Heading 1".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click "Heading 1" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <item type="menuitem">Text Flow</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Breaks</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select "Right page" in the box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Export a Master Document as a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Export</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type="menuitem">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XڟO�
( text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating a Form Letter</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159257"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="form_letters"><variable id="form_letters_main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="1">To create a form letter</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#data_addressbook"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�Xb��� � text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigator for Text Documents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154897"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�.4F� � ( text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Calculating Cell Totals in Tables</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147400"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_intable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The
<item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry "=sum".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X �@!
!
$ text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating Alphabetical Indexes</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_index"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want to insert the index.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Type</emph> tab, select "Alphabetical Index" in the <emph>Type</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type="menuitem">Concordance file</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> area, click the <item type="menuitem">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp">Creating a concordance file</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�Xl�
�� � ' text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="number_date_conv"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> command.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> check box.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��-�� � , text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting a Graphic From a File</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X ?�� % text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing Page Backgrounds</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8431653"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pagebackground"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Changing Page Background</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages.</paragraph><section id="define"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Change the Page Background</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To only apply the new page style to a single page, select "Default".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="6"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to "Default".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="5"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��/�
�
& text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting an Entire Text Document</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155185"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="textdoc_inframe"><link href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Text File</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type="menuitem">Browse</item> button and locate the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the
<item type="menuitem">Sections</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want, set the formatting options for the section.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X����! ! % text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printing in Reverse Order</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="printing_order"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>General</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp">Printing</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�xeE E ' text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formatting Headers or Footers</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154866"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="header_with_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Set the spacing options that you want to use.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type="menuitem">More</item>. The <item type="menuitem">Border/Background</item> dialog opens.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X~P$�Z Z - text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145078"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_tab_innumbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Wc + text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Calculating Across Tables</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154248"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_multitable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press F2.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xle/
� � ! text/swriter/guide/background.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Background To Text Characters</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the characters.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Background To a Paragraph</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the table in your text document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Properties</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="tip">To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="tip">To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type="menuitem">Background Color</item> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/background.xhp#background"/></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp">Highlight Color icon</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp">Background tab page</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp">Watermarks</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�'��� � , text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Numbering</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147418"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp">Adding Numbering</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Add Numbering to a List</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Format a Numbered List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XPV�� � $ text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>About Headers and Footers</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155863"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="header_footer"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp">About Headers and Footers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can also choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type="menuitem">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Headers and Footers in HTML Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp">Page Styles</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�)�B ) text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_beforetable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type="keycode">Enter</item> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Enter</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Enter</item>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� � & text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152887"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="autocorr_except"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Exceptions</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�(�ҕ
�
( text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Outline Numbering</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="chapter_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp">Outline Numbering</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the "Heading 1" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Remove Automatic Outline Numbering From a Heading Paragraph</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press the Backspace key to delete the number.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#insert_tab_innumbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�� � � ! text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149487"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Text Frame</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to include in the frame.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Edit a Text Frame</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Hide Text From Printing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text frame (you see the eight handles).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Link Text Frames</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Link Frames</item> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the frame that you want to link to.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can only link frames if:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The target frame is empty.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The target frame is not linked to another frame.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The source frame does not have a next link.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The target or the source frame are not contained in each other.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#text_centervert"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XiN��. . - text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148882"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="word_completion_adjust"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Additional Space Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select <emph>Append space</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Define the Accept Key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The word completion feature collects the words.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select all or some of the words in the list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Using Word Completion</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X x��4 4 ( text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Modifying Cross-References</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149291"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="references_modify"><link href="text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">Use the arrow buttons in the <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�a�� � * text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Displaying Hidden Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hidden_text_display"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp">Hiding Text</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">List of Operators</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X7���' ' $ text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Previewing a Page Before Printing</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_preview"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp">File - Print Preview</link>.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X#Wk � � # text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Resetting Font Attributes</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149963"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="reset_format"><link href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X� �JD
D
' text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Borders for Characters</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_character"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp">Defining Borders for Characters</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XU��� ( text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153899"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_intext2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X:D, , % text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155186"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type="menuitem">View</item> and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Field Shadings</item> is selected.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X:{Xm� � ) text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating a Bibliography</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_literature"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Storing Bibliographic Information</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Store Information in the Bibliography Database</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Close the <item type="menuitem">Bibliography Database</item> window.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the publication source for the record in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#speicherhinweis"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="3"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp">Bibliography Database</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href="http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page">Bibus</link>.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XG��: : / text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152999"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromchart"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X؏�J= = . text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155917"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromdraw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Hold down <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag to the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XJ���
�
' text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can include chapter numbers in captions.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a caption title from the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type="menuitem">Caption</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Options</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type="menuitem">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp">AutoCaption dialog</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp">Chapter numbering</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�y�7V V + text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Removing Line Breaks</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="removing_line_breaks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the "Default" paragraph style. </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X(DAN N ) text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Spacing Between Footnotes</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147683"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="footnote_with_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in a footnote or endnote.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, "Footnote", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Default</item> area, click the <item type="menuitem">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select "White" in the <item type="menuitem">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a value in the <item type="menuitem">Top</item> and <item type="menuitem">Bottom</item> boxes.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X]�آ} } ( text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating Non-printing Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="nonprintable_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create text that is not to be printed do the following:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp">Hiding Text</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�8X� � ! text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating and Applying Page Styles</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7071138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Define a New Page Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles and Formatting</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="6"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Page Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Page Style</item> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click a name in the list.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Page Style to a New Page</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want a new page to start.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X=�# � � ) text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using the Direct Cursor</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_direct_cursor"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Direct Cursor</item> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem"><image src="res/helpimg/dircursleft.png"/> Align left</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem"><image src="res/helpimg/dircurscent.png"/> Centered</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem"><image src="res/helpimg/dircursright.png"/> Align right</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X� Ew5 5 & text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Numbering and Numbering Styles</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155174"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="using_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply Numbering Manually</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under "Special Styles" in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also use the commands on the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��:� � # text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Editing Sections</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149816"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="section_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp">Editing Sections</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp">Format - Sections</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�N�C C # text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Input Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155916"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fields_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp">Adding Input Fields</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click “Input field”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XC� text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Making Text Superscript or Subscript</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155174"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="subscript"><link href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp">Format - Character - Position</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XXxL L text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Rulers</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8186284"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ruler"><link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">Using Rulers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Adjusting Page Margins</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Changing Indents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp#tabs"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp#measurement_units"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X+o,ڣ
�
$ text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Wildcards in Text Searches</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150099"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="search_regexp"><link href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, "s.n" finds "sun" and "son".</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Find & Replace</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Find</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Find Next</item> or <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Regular Expression Examples</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The wildcard for a single character is a period (.).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: "123*" finds "12" "123", and "1233".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The wildcard for a tab character is \t.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp">List of Wildcards</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XYﻐ � + text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Bullets</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155186"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="using_numbered_lists"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp">Adding Bullets</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Add Bullets</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Format Bullets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, click the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> button next to <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> area.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�<J� " text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Styles From Another Document or Template</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145086"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="load_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can import styles from another document or template into the current document.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> sidebar deck.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�]� � # text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hyphenation</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="using_hyphen"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">Hyphenation</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic Hyphenation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the "Default" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the Text Flow tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Manual Hyphenation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#hyphen_prevent"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp">Text Flow</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XvCe�! ! & text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id9683828"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pageorientation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="listitem">Now you have defined a proper page style with the name "My Landscape". To apply the new style, double-click the "My Landscape" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the "next style" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed.</paragraph><section id="scope"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">The Scope of Page Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">One Page Long Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the "next style", on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a "soft page break". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Manually Defined Range of a Page style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The “Default” page style does not set a different "next style" on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the "next style" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by "page breaks with style". All the pages between any two "page breaks with style" use the same page style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert a "page break with style" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the "page break with style" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Perform any one of the following commands:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�O��: : ( text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Conditional Text for Page Counts</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153108"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="conditional_text2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can create a conditional text field that displays the word "pages" instead of "page" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type <item type="literal">Page > 1</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type <item type="literal">Pages</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Then</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type <item type="literal">Page</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Else</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#defining_conditions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X5���� � " text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hiding Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hidden_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp">Hiding Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a Variable</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "General" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">Hide</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a value for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">1</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Hide Text</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to add the text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Hide a Paragraph</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Hide a Section</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text that you want to hide in your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp">Displaying Hidden Text</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp">Creating Non-printing Text</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Insert - Field - More Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">Insert - Section</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">List of Operators</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�r $ & text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating a Document Template</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="template_create"><link href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp">Creating a Document Template</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a template category in the <item type="menuitem">Categories</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a document based on the template, choose <item type="menuitem">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type="menuitem">Open</item>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01110300.xhp">File - Templates - Save As Template</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xko� ( text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Different Headers and Footers</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="header_pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type="menuitem">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type="menuitem">Page layout</item> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open a new text document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting sidebar deck.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item> box, select "Left Page".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click "Left Page" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item> box, select "Right Page".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���4� � text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Master Documents and Subdocuments</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145246"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Characteristics of Master Documents</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Example of Using Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#globaldoc_howtos"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�甝�
�
$ text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Borders for Objects </title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146957"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the object for which you want to define a border.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XZEh�� � % text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Animating Text</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151182"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_animation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp">Animating Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Text Animation</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��4� text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Indenting Paragraphs</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155869"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indenting"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Ruler</item>.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">set indents using the ruler</link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type="menuitem">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type="menuitem">First line</item>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XZ��NN N text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Finding and Replacing in Writer</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="finding_text"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1163670"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="finding"><link href="text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">The Find & Replace dialog</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Find Text</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter the text to find in the <emph>Find</emph> text box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you click <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Replace Text</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter the text to search in the <emph>Find</emph>text box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Find Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the "Heading 2" style.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Check <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Find</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Find Formats</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. </paragraph><paragraph role="note">Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Format</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="5"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">More options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">The Navigator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator</link> guide for more information.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp#find_attributes"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp#02100001"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#removing_line_breaks"/><embed href="text/scalc/guide/finding.xhp#finding"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��Y� � ) text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating New Styles From Selections</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="stylist_fromselect"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the icon of the style category that you want to create.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type a name in the <item type="menuitem">Style Name</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the icon of the style category that you want to create.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X]r�\� � ' text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Indexes Covering Several Documents</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153418"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_multidoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Create an <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select each index, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose
<item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type="menuitem">Link</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Create a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��A*1
1
* text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155919"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="header_with_chapter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, "Heading 1".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type="menuitem">Number</item> box, for example, "1,2,3...".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type "Chapter" followed by a space in the <item type="menuitem">Before</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a space in the <item type="menuitem">After</item> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the header or footer.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Document</item> tab.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="5"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click "Chapter" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list and "Chapter number and name" in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�Xf/�"' ' 4 text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Repeating a Table Header on a New Page</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155870"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_repeat_multiple_headers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <item type="menuitem">Heading</item> and the <item type="menuitem">Repeat heading</item> check boxes.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the number of rows and columns for the table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X� � ' text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing the Default Template</title><filename>/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155913"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="template_default"><link href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp">Changing the Default Template</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a Default Template</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the dialog that appears, double-click the "My Templates" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click the "My Templates" folder.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Close the dialog.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X text/swriter/librelogo/PK
6w�XH�{2� 2� $ text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>LibreLogo Toolbar</title><filename>/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm1"/><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpId:addon_LibreLogo.OfficeToolBar" id="bm2"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">LibreLogo</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">LibreLogo is a simple, localized, Logo-like programming environment with turtle vector graphics for teaching of computing (programming and word processing), DTP and graphic design. See <link href="http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf">http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">LibreLogo toolbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The LibreLogo toolbar (View » Toolbars » Logo) contains turtle moving, program start, stop, home, clear screen, program editor/syntax highlighting/translating icons and an input bar (command line).</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Turtle moving icons</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">They are equivalents of the Logo commands “FORWARD 10”, “BACK 10”, “LEFT 15”, “RIGHT 15”. Clicking on one of the icons will also focus the turtle shape scrolling the page to its position.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Start Logo program</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click on the icon “Start Logo program” to execute the text (or only the selected) text of the Writer document as a LibreLogo program. In an empty document an example program will be inserted and executed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click on the icon “Stop” to stop the program execution.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Home</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click on the icon “Home” to reset the position and settings of the turtle.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Clear screen</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click on the icon “Clear screen” to remove the drawing objects of the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Program editor/Syntax highlighting/Translating</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The “magic wand” icon sets 2-page layout for program editing, expands and converts to uppercase the abbreviated, lowercase Logo commands in the Writer document. Change the language of the document (Tools » Options » Language Settings » Languages » Western) and click on this icon to translate the Logo program to the selected language.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Command line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Hit Enter in the command line to execute its content. To stop the program use the icon “Stop”.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Hold down the Enter to repeat the command line, for example, on the following command sequence:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FORWARD 200 LEFT 89<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To reset the command line click triple in it or press Ctrl-A to select the previous commands, and type the new commands.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Graphical user interface of basic turtle settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Turtle shape of LibreLogo is a normal fixed size drawing object. You can positionate and rotate it on standard way, too, using the mouse and the Rotate icon of the Drawing Object Properties toolbar. Modify Line Width, Line Color and Area Color settings of the turtle shape to set PENSIZE, PENCOLOR and FILLCOLOR attributes of LibreLogo.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Program editing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">LibreLogo drawings and programs use the same Writer document. The LibreLogo canvas is on the first page of the Writer document. You can insert a page break before the LibreLogo programs and set page zoom using the “magic wand” icon of the Logo toolbar, also change the font size for a comfortable 2-page layout for LibreLogo programming: left (first) page is the canvas, right (second) page is the LibreLogo program editor.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="1">LibreLogo programming language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">LibreLogo is an easily localizable, Logo-like programming language, localized in several languages by LibreOffice native language communities. It is back-compatible with the older Logo systems in the case of the simple Logo programs used in education, eg.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> TO triangle :size<br/> REPEAT 3 [<br/> FORWARD :size<br/> LEFT 120<br/> ]<br/> END<br/> <br/> triangle 10 triangle 100 triangle 200<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Differences from the Logo programming language</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">List members are comma separated: POSITION [0, 0]</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Program blocks and lists are different</paragraph></listitem><listitem><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Program blocks need space or new line at parenthesization: REPEAT 10 [ FORWARD 10 LEFT 36 ]</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Lists need close parenthesization: POSITION [0, 0], and not POSITION [ 0, 0 ]</paragraph></listitem></list></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">1-line function declarations are not supported (TO and END need new lines).</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Other features of LibreLogo</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The colon is optional before the variable names.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> TO triangle size<br/> REPEAT 3 [ FORWARD size LEFT 120 ]<br/> END<br/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">String notation supports also orthographical and Python syntax.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT "word ; original Logo syntax<br/> PRINT “Arbitrary text.” ; orthography, Writer<br/> PRINT 'Arbitrary text.' ; Python syntax<br/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Python list and string handling</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT “text”[2] ; print “x”<br/> PRINT “text”[1:3] ; print “ex”<br/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Python-like FOR loop</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Python-like variable declaration:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> x = 15<br/> PRINT x<br/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">There are no extra query functions:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT FILLCOLOR<br/> p = POSITION<br/> PRINT p<br/> REPEAT 10 [ POSITION ANY POSITION p ]<br/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Alternative parenthesization in function calls</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> TO star size color<br/> FILLCOLOR color<br/> REPEAT 5 [ LEFT 72 FORWARD size RIGHT 144 FORWARD size ]<br/> FILL<br/> END<br/> <br/> star 100 “red”<br/> star (100, “green”)<br/> star(100, “blue”)<br/></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="1">LibreLogo commands</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Basic syntax</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Case sensitivity</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Commands, color constants are case insensitive:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT “Hello, World!”<br/> print “Hello, World, again!”<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Variable names are case sensitive:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> a = 5<br/> A = 7<br/> PRINT a<br/> PRINT A<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Program lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lines of a LibreLogo program are paragraphs in the LibreOffice Writer document. A program line can contain multiple commands:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT “Hello, World!” PRINT “LibreLogo”<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lines or line parts are comments from a semicolon to the end of the line (paragraph):</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; some comments<br/> PRINT 5 * 5 ; some comments<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Break program lines to multiple paragraphs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">It’s possible to break a program line for more paragraphs using the character tilde at the end of the line:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT “This is a very long ” + ~<br/> “warning message”<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Turtle moving</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FORWARD (fd)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FORWARD 10 ; move forward 10pt (1pt = 1/72 inch)<br/> FORWARD 10pt ; see above<br/> FORWARD 0.5in ; move forward 0.5 inch (1 inch = 2.54 cm)<br/> FORWARD 1" ; see above<br/> FD 1mm<br/> FD 1cm<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">BACK (bk)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> BACK 10 ; move back 10pt<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">LEFT (lt)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> LEFT 90 ; turn counterclockwise 90 degrees<br/> LEFT 90° ; see above<br/> LT 3h ; see above (clock position)<br/> LT any ; turn to a random position<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">RIGHT (rt)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> RIGHT 90 ; turn clockwise 90 degrees<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PENUP (pu)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENUP ; turtle will move without drawing<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PENDOWN (pd)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENDOWN ; turtle will move with drawing<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">POSITION (pos)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> POSITION [0, 0] ; turn and move to the top-left corner<br/> POSITION PAGESIZE ; turn and move to the bottom-right corner<br/> POSITION [PAGESIZE[0], 0] ; turn and move to the top-right corner<br/> POSITION ANY ; turn and move to a random position<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">HEADING (seth)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> HEADING 0 ; turn north<br/> HEADING 12h ; see above<br/> HEADING [0, 0] ; turn to the top-left corner<br/> HEADING ANY ; turn to a random direction<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Other turtle commands</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">HIDETURTLE (ht)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> HIDETURTLE ; hide turtle (until the showturtle command)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SHOWTURTLE (st)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> SHOWTURTLE ; show turtle<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">HOME</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> HOME ; reset initial turtle settings and position<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">CLEARSCREEN (cs)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> CLEARSCREEN ; remove drawing objects of the document<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FILL and CLOSE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FILL ; close and fill the actual line shape or points<br/> CLOSE ; close the actual line shape or join the actual points<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: filling a regular triangle:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FORWARD 50 LEFT 120 FORWARD 50 FILL<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: drawing a regular triangle:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FORWARD 50 LEFT 120 FORWARD 50 CLOSE<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pen settings</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PENSIZE (ps)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENSIZE 100 ; line width is 100 points<br/> PENSIZE ANY ; equivalent of PENSIZE RANDOM 10<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PENCOLOR/PENCOLOUR (pc)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENCOLOR “red” ; set red pen color (by color name, see color constants)<br/> PENCOLOR [255, 255, 0] ; set yellow color (RGB list)<br/> PENCOLOR 0xffff00 ; set yellow color (hexa code)<br/> PENCOLOR 0 ; set black color (0x000000)<br/> PENCOLOR ANY ; random color<br/> PENCOLOR [5] ; set red color (by color identifier, see color constants)<br/> PENCOLOR “invisible” ; invisible pen color for shapes without visible outline<br/> PENCOLOR “~red” ; set random red color<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PENTRANSPARENCY</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENTRANSPARENCY 80 ; set the transparency of the actual pen color to 80%<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PENCAP/LINECAP</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENCAP “none” ; without extra line end (default)<br/> PENCAP “round” ; rounded line end<br/> PENCAP “square” ; square line end<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PENJOINT/LINEJOINT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENJOINT “rounded” ; rounded line joint (default)<br/> PENJOINT “miter” ; sharp line joint<br/> PENJOINT “bevel” ; bevel line joint<br/> PENJOINT “none” ; without line joint<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PENSTYLE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENSTYLE “solid” ; solid line (default)<br/> PENSTYLE “dotted” ; dotted line<br/> PENSTYLE “dashed” ; dashed line<br/> <br/> ; custom dot–dash pattern specified by a list with the following arguments:<br/> ; – number of the neighbouring dots<br/> ; – length of a dot<br/> ; – number of the neighbouring dashes<br/> ; – length of a dash<br/> ; – distance of the dots/dashes<br/> ; – type (optional):<br/> ; 0 = dots are rectangles (default)<br/> ; 2 = dots are squares (lengths and distances are relative to the pensize)<br/> <br/> PENSTYLE [3, 1mm, 2, 4mm, 2mm, 2] ; ...––...––...––<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fill settings</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FILLCOLOR/FILLCOLOUR (fc)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FILLCOLOR “blue” ; fill with blue color, see also PENCOLOR<br/> FILLCOLOR “invisible” CIRCLE 10 ; unfilled circle<br/> FILLCOLOR [“blue”, “red”] ; gradient between red and blue<br/> FILLCOLOR [[255, 255, 255], [255, 128, 0]] ; between white and orange<br/> FILLCOLOR [“blue”, “red”, 1, 0, 0] ; set axial gradient (with the required rotation and border settings), possible values: 0-5 = linear, axial, radial, elliptical, square and rectangle gradients<br/> FILLCOLOR [“red”, “blue”, 0, 90, 20] ; linear with 20% border, rotated with 90 degrees from the actual heading of the turtle<br/> FILLCOLOR [“red”, “blue”, 0, 90, 20, 0, 0, 200, 50] ; from 200% to 50% intensity<br/> FILLCOLOR [ANY, ANY, 2, 0, 0, 50, 50] ; radial gradient with random colors and 50-50% horizontal and vertical positions of the center<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FILLTRANSPARENCY</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FILLTRANSPARENCY 80 ; set the transparency of the actual fill color to 80%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80] ; set linear transparency gradient from 80% to 0%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20] ; set linear transparency gradient from 80% to 20%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20, 1, 90] ; set axial transparency gradient rotated with 90 degrees from the actual heading of the turtle<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20, 2, 0, 20, 50, 50] ; set radial transparency gradient from outer 80% to inner 20% transparency with 20% border and with 50-50% horizontal and vertical positions of the center<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FILLSTYLE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FILLSTYLE 0 ; fill without hatches (default)<br/> FILLSTYLE 1 ; black single hatches (horizontal)<br/> FILLSTYLE 2 ; black single hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 3 ; black single hatches (-45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 4 ; black single hatches (vertical)<br/> FILLSTYLE 5 ; red crossed hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 6 ; red crossed hatches (0 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 7 ; blue crossed hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 8 ; blue crossed hatches (0 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 9 ; blue triple crossed<br/> FILLSTYLE 10 ; black wide single hatches (45 degrees)<br/> <br/> ; custom hatches specified by a list with the following arguments:<br/> ; – style (1 = single, 2 = double, 3 = triple hatching)<br/> ; – color<br/> ; – distance<br/> ; – degree<br/> <br/> FILLSTYLE [2, “green”, 3pt, 15°] ; green crossed hatches (15 degrees)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Drawing objects</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">CIRCLE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> CIRCLE 100 ; draw a circle shape (diameter = 100pt)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">ELLIPSE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ELLIPSE [50, 100] ; draw an ellipse with 50 and 100 diameters<br/> ELLIPSE [50, 100, 2h, 12h] ; draw an elliptical sector (from 2h clock position to 12h)<br/> ELLIPSE [50, 100, 2h, 12h, 2] ; draw an elliptical segment<br/> ELLIPSE [50, 100, 2h, 12h, 3] ; draw an elliptical arc<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SQUARE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> SQUARE 100 ; draw a square shape (size = 100pt)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">RECTANGLE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> RECTANGLE [50, 100] ; draw a rectangle shape (50×100pt)<br/> RECTANGLE [50, 100, 10] ; draw a rectangle with rounded corners<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">POINT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> POINT ; draw a point with size and color of the pen<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">CLOSE can join the last points, FILL can fill the shape defined by points. For example, it’s easy to draw a “flat” star starting from its center:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENUP<br/> REPEAT 5 [<br/> FORWARD 80<br/> POINT<br/> BACK 80<br/> RIGHT 36<br/> FORWARD 50<br/> POINT<br/> BACK 50<br/> RIGHT 120<br/> ] FILL<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">LABEL</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> LABEL “text” ; print text in the turtle position<br/> LABEL 'text' ; see above<br/> LABEL "text ; see above (only for single words)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">TEXT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> CIRCLE 10 TEXT “text” ; set text of the actual drawing object<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font settings</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FONTCOLOR/FONTCOLOUR</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FONTCOLOR “green” ; set font color<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FONTFAMILY</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FONTFAMILY “Linux Libertine G” ; set font (family)<br/> FONTFAMILY “Linux Libertine G:smcp=1” ; set also font feature (small caps)<br/> FONTFAMILY “Linux Libertine G:smcp=1&onum=1” ; small caps + old figures<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FONTSIZE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FONTSIZE 12 ; set 12pt<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FONTWEIGHT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FONTWEIGHT “bold” ; set bold font<br/> FONTWEIGHT “normal” ; set normal weight<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FONTSTYLE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FONTSTYLE “italic” ; set italic variant<br/> FONTSTYLE “normal” ; set normal variant<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">PICTURE (pic)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">PICTURE is for </paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">shape grouping;</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">starting new line shapes;</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">saving SVG images and SVG/SMIL animations;</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">keeping the consistency of positions and line shapes at the left border.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shape grouping</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; PICTURE [ LibreLogo_commands ]<br/> PICTURE [ FORWARD 100 CIRCLE 100 ] ; tree-like grouped shape<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">See also “Group” in LibreOffice Writer Help.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> TO tree location<br/> PENUP POSITION location HEADING 0 PENDOWN<br/> PICTURE [ FORWARD 100 CIRCLE 100 ] ; tree-like grouped shape<br/> END<br/> <br/> PICTURE [ tree [30, 50] tree [100, 50] ] ; grouped shapes in a grouped shape<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Starting new line shapes</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PICTURE ; start a new line shape<br/> FORWARD 10 PICTURE FORWARD 10 ; two line shapes<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Saving SVG images</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PICTURE “example.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 ] ; save the picture as an SVG image file in the user folder<br/> PICTURE “Desktop/example.svg” [ FORWARD 100 CIRCLE 5 ] ; as above, with a relative path<br/> PICTURE “/home/user/example.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 ] ; absolute path for Unix/Linux<br/> PICTURE “C:\example.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 ] ; absolute path for Windows<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Saving SVG/SMIL animations (drawings with SLEEP commands)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PICTURE “animation.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 SLEEP 1000 CIRCLE 99 ] ; save as an SVG/SMIL animation (see also SLEEP)<br/> PICTURE “animation2.svg” [ CIRCLE 5 SLEEP 1000 CIRCLE 99 SLEEP 2000 ] ; as above, but using SLEEP after the last object will result looping: after 2 seconds the SVG animation restarts in SMIL-conformant browsers</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Consistency at the left border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use picture to keep the consistency of positions and line shapes at the left border of Writer:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PICTURE [ CIRCLE 20 POSITION [-100, 100] CIRCLE 20 ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Loops</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">REPEAT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; REPEAT number [ commands ]<br/> <br/> REPEAT 10 [ FORWARD 10 LEFT 45 CIRCLE 10 ] ; repeat 10 times<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; number is optional<br/> <br/> REPEAT [ POSITION ANY ] ; endless loop<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">REPCOUNT</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Loop variable (also in the FOR and WHILE loops).</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> REPEAT 100 [ FORWARD REPCOUNT LEFT 90 ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FOR IN</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Loop for the list elements:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FOR i IN [1, 5, 7, 9, 11] [<br/> FORWARD i<br/> LEFT 90<br/> ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Loop for the characters of a character sequence:</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> FOR i IN “text” [<br/> LABEL i<br/> FORWARD 10<br/> ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">WHILE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> WHILE TRUE [ POSITION ANY ] ; endless loop<br/> WHILE REPCOUNT <= 10 [ FORWARD 50 LEFT 36 ] ; as REPEAT 10 [ ... ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">BREAK</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Stop the loop.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> REPEAT [ ; endless loop<br/> POSITION ANY<br/> IF REPCOUNT = 100 [ BREAK ] ; equivalent of the REPEAT 100 [ ... ]<br/> ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">CONTINUE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Jump into the next iteration of the loop.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> REPEAT 100 [<br/> POSITION ANY<br/> IF REPCOUNT % 2 = 0 [ CONTINUE ]<br/> CIRCLE 10 ; draw circles on every 2nd positions<br/> ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Conditions</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">IF</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; IF condition [ true block ]<br/> ; IF condition [ true block ] [ false block ]<br/> <br/> IF a < 10 [ PRINT “Small” ]<br/> IF a < 10 [ PRINT “Small” ] [ PRINT “Big” ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AND, OR, NOT</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Logical operators.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> IF a < 10 AND NOT a = 5 [ PRINT “0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 or 9” ]<br/> IF a < 10 AND a != 5 [ PRINT “0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 or 9” ] ; as above<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Subroutines</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">TO, END</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">New word (or procedure).</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> TO triangle<br/> REPEAT [ FORWARD 100 RIGHT 120 ] FILL<br/> END<br/> <br/> REPEAT 10 [ triangle PENUP POSITION ANY PENDOWN ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">OUTPUT</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Return value of the function.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> TO randomletter<br/> OUTPUT RANDOM “qwertzuiopasdfghjklyxcvbnm”<br/> END<br/> <br/> PRINT randomletter + randomletter + randomletter ; print 3-letter random character sequence<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">STOP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Return from the procedure.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> TO example number<br/> IF number < 0 [ STOP ]<br/> PRINT SQRT number ; print square root<br/> ]<br/> <br/> example 100<br/> example -1 ; without output and error<br/> example 25<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default variables</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">ANY</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Default random value of colors, etc.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENCOLOR ANY ; random pen color<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">TRUE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Logical value.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> WHILE TRUE [ POSITION ANY ] ; endless loop<br/> PRINT TRUE ; print true<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FALSE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Logical value.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> WHILE NOT FALSE [ POSITION ANY ] ; endless loop<br/> PRINT FALSE ; print false<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PAGESIZE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT PAGESIZE ; print list of the page sizes in points, eg. [595.30, 841.89]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PI/π</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT PI ; print 3.14159265359<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Input/Output</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PRINT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT “text” ; print “text” in a dialog box<br/> PRINT 5 + 10 ; print 15<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">INPUT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT INPUT “Input value?” ; ask and print a string by a query dialog box<br/> PRINT FLOAT (INPUT “First number?”) + FLOAT (INPUT “Second number?”) ; simple calculator<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">SLEEP</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> SLEEP 1000 ; wait for 1000 ms (1 sec)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">GLOBAL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set global variables used in procedures.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> GLOBAL about<br/> about = “LibreLogo”<br/> <br/> TO example<br/> PRINT about<br/> GLOBAL about ; when we want to add a new value<br/> about = “new value for the global variable”<br/> END<br/> <br/> example<br/> PRINT about<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Functions</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">RANDOM</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT RANDOM 100 ; random float number (0 <= x < 100)<br/> PRINT RANDOM “text” ; random letter of the “text”<br/> PRINT RANDOM [1, 2] ; random list element (1 or 2)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">INT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT INT 3.8 ; print 3 (integer part of 3.8)<br/> PRINT INT RANDOM 100 ; random integer number (0 <= x < 100)<br/> PRINT INT “7” ; convert the string parameter to integer<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FLOAT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; convert the string parameter to float number<br/> PRINT 2 * FLOAT “5.5” ; print 11.0<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">STR</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; convert the number parameter to string<br/> PRINT “Result: ” + STR 5 ; print “Result: 5”<br/> PRINT 10 * STR 5 ; print 5555555555<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SQRT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT SQRT 100 ; print 10, square root of 100<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SIN</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT SIN 90 * PI/180 ; print 1.0 (sinus of 90° in radians)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">COS</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT COS 0 * PI/180 ; print 1.0 (cosinus of 0° in radians)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">LOG10</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT LOG10 100 ; print 2.0 (common logarithm of 100)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">ROUND</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT ROUND 3.8 ; print 4 (rounding 3.8)<br/> PRINT ROUND RANDOM 100 ; random integer number (0 <= x <= 100)<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">ABS</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT ABS -10 ; print 10, absolute value of -10<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">COUNT</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT COUNT “text” ; print 4, character count of “text”<br/> PRINT COUNT [1, 2, 3] ; print 3, size of the list<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SET</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; Convert list to Python set<br/> PRINT SET [4, 5, 6, 6] ; print {4, 5, 6}<br/> PRINT SET [4, 5, 6, 6] | SET [4, 1, 9] ; print {1, 4, 5, 6, 9}, union<br/> PRINT SET [4, 5, 6, 6] & SET [4, 1, 9] ; print {4}, intersection<br/> PRINT SET ([4, 5, 6, 6]) - SET [4, 1, 9] ; print {5, 6}, difference<br/> PRINT SET [4, 5, 6, 6] ^ SET [4, 1, 9] ; print {1, 5, 6, 9}, symmetric difference <br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">RANGE</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; Python-like list generation<br/> PRINT RANGE 10 ; print [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]<br/> PRINT RANGE 3 10 ; print [3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]<br/> PRINT RANGE 3 10 3 ; print [3, 6, 9]<br/> <br/> FOR i IN RANGE 10 50 10 [ ; loop for [10, 20, 30, 40]<br/> FORWARD i<br/> LEFT 90<br/> ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">LIST</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> ; remove the repeating elements of a list using set and list conversion<br/> PRINT LIST (SET [1, 3, 5, 5, 2, 1]) ; print [1, 3, 5, 2]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">TUPLE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Conversion to Python tuple (non-modifiable list)</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT TUPLE [4, 5]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SORTED</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">It returns with a sorted list.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT SORTED [5, 1, 3, 4] ; print [1, 3, 4, 5]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SUB</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Substitute character sequences using regex (regular expression) patterns.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT SUB (“t”, “T”, “text”) ; print “Text”, replacing “t” with “T”<br/> PRINT SUB (“(.)”, “\\1\\1”, “text”) ; print “tteexxtt”, doubling every characters<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SEARCH</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Search character sequences patterns using regex patterns.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> IF SEARCH (“\w”, word) [ PRINT “Letter in the word.” ]<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FINDALL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Find all character sequences in the input string matching the given regex pattern.</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT FINDALL(“\w+”, “Dogs, cats.”) ; print [“Dogs”, “cats”], the list of the words.<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">MIN</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT MIN [1, 2, 3] ; print 1, the lowest element of the list<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">MAX</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PRINT MAX [1, 2, 3] ; print 3, the greatest element of the list<br/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color constants</paragraph><paragraph role="logocode"> PENCOLOR “SILVER” ; set by name<br/> PENCOLOR [1] ; set by identifiers<br/> PENCOLOR “~SILVER” ; random silver color<br/> <br/></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Identifier</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Name</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">0</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">BLACK</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">SILVER</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">GRAY/GREY</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">3</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">WHITE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">MAROON</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">5</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">RED</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">6</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">PURPLE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">7</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">FUCHSIA/MAGENTA</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">8</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">GREEN</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">9</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">LIME</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">10</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">OLIVE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">11</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">YELLOW</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">12</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">NAVY</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">13</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">BLUE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">14</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">TEAL</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">15</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">AQUA</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">16</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">PINK</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">17</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">TOMATO</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">18</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ORANGE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">19</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">GOLD</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">20</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">VIOLET</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">21</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">SKYBLUE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">22</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CHOCOLATE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">23</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">BROWN</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">24</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">INVISIBLE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X text/swriter/menu/PK
6w�X��G
� � * text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Header and Footer</title><filename>/text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="header_and_footer_submenu"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertHeaderFooterMenu" id="bm_id030720160442349015"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp">Header and Footer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu includes commands to add and remove page headers and footers.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#header"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#footer"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XM'�%� � " text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Frame</title><filename>/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="frame_submenu"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrameMenu" id="bm_id030720160603151903"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp">Frame</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains both interactive and non-interactive means of inserting a frame.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frame Interactively</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrameInteract">Insert a frame by drawing its shape with the mouse cursor.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#frame"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04160500.xhp">Floating Frame</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04160500.xhp#floating_frame_text"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XB�� � - text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Footnote and Endnote</title><filename>/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="footnote_and_endnote_submenu"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFootnotesMenu" id="bm_id030420161136426814"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp">Footnote and Endnote</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The menu contains commands to insert a footnote or endnote with or without additional user interaction.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footnote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFootnote">Insert a footnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Endnote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEndnote">Insert a endnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp">Footnote or Endnote</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#fussnoteein"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X text/swriter/01/PK
5w�X~�(� � text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Styles in Writer</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4005249"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Styles in Writer</paragraph><section id="vorlagenkatalogtext"><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting</link> window.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose <emph>File - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/01110300.xhp"><emph>Templates - Save</emph></link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx2:ListBox:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL" id="bm_id3153921"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Style Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL">These are the different categories of formatting styles.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Name</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Description</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Character Styles </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use Character Styles to format single characters, or entire words and phrases. If you want, you can nest Character Styles.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Paragraph Styles </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use Paragraph Styles to format paragraphs, including the font type and size. You can also select the paragraph style to apply to the next paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Frame Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use Frame Styles to format text and graphic frames.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Page Styles </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">List Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use List Styles to format numbered or bulleted lists.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="vorlagenbereich"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Style Groups</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These are the style groups that you can display in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Name</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Automatic</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays styles appropriate to the current context.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">All Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays all styles of the active style category.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Applied Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays the styles (of selected category) applied in the current document. </paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Custom Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays all user-defined styles in the selected style category.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Character Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays formatting styles for text.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chapter Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays formatting styles for headings.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">List Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays formatting styles for numbered or bulleted lists.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Index Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays formatting styles for indexes.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Special Region Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays formatting styles for headers, footers, footnotes, endnotes, tables, and captions.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">HTML Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays a list of styles for HTML documents.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Conditional Styles</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays the user-defined conditional styles.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hierarchical</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays the styles in the selected category in a hierarchical list. To view the styles in a sublevel, click on the plus sign (+) next to the sublevel name.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xη�ۼ � text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Type</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verzeichnis"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">Type</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this tab to specify and define the type of <link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz2"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on the type of index that you select, this tab contains the following options.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp">Table of Contents</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzeichnis"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp">Alphabetical Index</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#verzeichnis"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp">Illustration Index</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#verzeichnis"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp">Index of Tables</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp#verzeichnis"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp">User-Defined</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#verzeichnis"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp">Table of Objects</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp#verzeichnis"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp">Bibliography</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#verzeichnis"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XJ}���C �C text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Conditions</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145828"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="defining_conditions"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">Defining Conditions</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Conditions are logical expressions that you can use to control the display of <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">fields</link> and <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">sections</link> in your document. Although the following examples apply to fields, they also apply to sections.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can define conditions for the following field types:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Conditional text: displays text A if the condition is true, or text B if the condition is false.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Hidden paragraph: hides the paragraph if the condition is true.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Any record and next record: controls the access to database records.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">TRUE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The condition is always met. You can also enter any value not equal to 0 as the conditional text.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">FALSE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The condition is not met. You can also enter the value 0.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you define a condition, use the same <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">elements</link> for defining a formula, namely comparative operators, mathematical and statistical functions, number formats, variables and constants.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the following types of variables when you define a condition:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Predefined <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">$[officename] variables</link> that use statistics on document properties</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Custom variables, that are a created with the "Set variable" field</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Variables based on user data</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Variables based on the contents of database fields</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You cannot use internal variables, such as page and chapter numbers, in condition expression.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Conditions and Variables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following examples use a variable called "x":</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x == 1 or x EQ 1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" is equal to 1.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x != 1 or x NEQ 1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" does not equal 1.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">sinx == 0</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" is a multiple of pi.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">To use comparative operators with strings, the operands must be bounded by double quotation marks:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x == "ABC" or x EQ "ABC"</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Checks if variable "x" contains (true) the "ABC" string, or not (false).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x == "" or x EQ ""</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">or</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">!x or NOT x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Checks if the variable "x" contains an empty string.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">The "equal" comparative operator must be represented by two equal signs (==) in a condition. For example, if you define a variable "x" with the value of 1, you can enter the condition as x==1.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User Data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can include user data when you define conditions. To change your user data, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - User data</emph>. User data must be entered in the form of strings. You can query the user data with "==" (EQ), "!=" (NEQ), or "!"(NOT).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table lists user data variables and their meanings:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Variable</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_firstname</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">First name</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_lastname</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Last name</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_initials</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Initials</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_company</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Company</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_street</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Street</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_country</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Country</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_zipcode</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Zip code</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_city</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">City</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_title</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Title</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_position</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Position</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_tel_work</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Business telephone number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_tel_home</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Home telephone number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_fax</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Fax number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_email</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">E-mail address</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">user_state</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">State (not in all $[officename] versions)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, to hide a paragraph, text, or a section from a user with a specific initial, such as "LM", enter the condition: user_initials=="LM".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Conditions and Database Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Example</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company NEQ ""</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company != ""</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The condition is true if the COMPANY field is not empty. (In the first example, no operator is required.)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">!Database.Table.Company</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">NOT Database.Table.Company</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company EQ ""</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company ==""</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the COMPANY field is empty.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company !="Sun"</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company NEQ "Sun"</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the current entry in the COMPANY field is not "Sun". (Exclamation sign represents a logical NOT.)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">Note the difference between the boolean NOT "!" and the comparative operator not equal "!=" (NEQ).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you refer to a database field in a condition, use the form Databasename.Tablename.Fieldname. If one of the names contains a character that is an operator, such as a minus sign (-), enclose the name in square brackets, for example, Databasename.[Table-name].Fieldname. Never use spaces inside field names.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Example: Hiding an Empty Database Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You may want to create a condition that hides an empty field, for example, if the COMPANY field is empty for some of the data records.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ ""</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">or type the following</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">NOT Addressbook.Addresses.Company</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the COMPANY database field is empty, the condition is true and the paragraph is hidden.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, you can choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Examples of Conditions in Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following examples use the Conditional text field, although they can be applied to any fields that can be linked to a condition. The syntax used for conditions is also used for the Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Any record or Next record fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To display conditional text based on the number of pages:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click "Conditional text".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type "page == 1".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type "There is only one page".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "There are several pages".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To display conditional text based on a user-defined Variable</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Set Variable".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type "Profit".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type "5000".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and click "Conditional text" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type "Profit < 5000".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type "Target is not met".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "Target is met".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit the contents of the "Profit" variable, double-click the variable field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The first part of this example inserts a space between the "First Name" and "Last Name" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename].</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Database</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Mail merge fields".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click "First Name", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for "Last Name".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and then click "Conditional text" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: "Addressbook.addresses.firstname".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click "Conditional text".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == "Michael"</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type "Dear".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Else</emph> box, type "Hello".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xa�M� � text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Footnotes/Endnotes</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fussendnoten"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/FootnotesEndnotesTabPage" id="bm_id3154573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp">Footnotes/Endnotes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#fussendnoten"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footnotes</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" id="bm_id3154572"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Collect at end of text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" id="bm_id3153671"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Restart numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" id="bm_id3154190"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnntnumfmt" id="bm_id3143277"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Custom format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" id="bm_id3149821"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" id="bm_id3154839"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spin button own format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering style for the footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" id="bm_id3147215"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Endnotes</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" id="bm_id3147579"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Collect at end of section</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" id="bm_id3155145"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Restart numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" id="bm_id3149178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" id="bm_id3151040"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Custom format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" id="bm_id3155915"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" id="bm_id3150118"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spin button own format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering style for the endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" id="bm_id3147419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��<� � text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Calculate</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="berechnen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalculateSel" id="bm_id8516277"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalculateSel" id="bm_id3149884"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp">Calculate</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CalculateSel" visibility="visible">Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#berechnen"/></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Sm�� � text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154506"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="tabelle_tastatur"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Resizing Columns and Rows</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To increase the left indent of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To resize a row, place the cursor in the row, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the up or the down arrows.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting and deleting columns or rows</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To delete a column, place the cursor in the column that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the left or the right arrow.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To insert a row, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the up or the down arrow.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph></link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/main0204.xhp">Table Bar</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X7��� text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Options</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zusaetze"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrameAddPage" id="bm_id3150016"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp">Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrameAddPage">Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grazusaetze"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the name of the selected item, and associated links.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name" id="bm_id3145419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Assign an object, graphic or frame a meaningful name, so that you can quickly locate it afterwards in long documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname" id="bm_id3150352"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Alternative text (floating frames, graphics, and objects only)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev" id="bm_id3149695"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Previous link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next" id="bm_id3155185"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Next link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protect</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies protection options for the selected item.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent" id="bm_id3149098"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Protect Contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can still copy the contents of the selected item.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe" id="bm_id3147218"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Protect Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize" id="bm_id3153640"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Protect Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies print and text options for the selected item.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly" id="bm_id3153357"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Editable in read-only document (frames only)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe" id="bm_id3156281"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Print</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow" id="bm_id3145787"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text flow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/vertalign" id="bm_id3262733"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Content vertical alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/vertalign">Specifies the vertical alignment of the frame's content. Mainly it means text content, but it also affects tables and other objects anchored to the text area (anchored as character, to character or to paragraph), for example frames, graphics or drawings.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp">Text direction</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� � text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Outline Numbering</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChapterNumberingDialog" id="bm_id6638326"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/OutlineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id6154506"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Outline Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kapnum"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog">Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#kapitelnumerierung"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Outline numbering is linked to paragraph styles. By default, the "Heading" paragraph styles (1-10) are assigned to the corresponding outline number levels (1-10). If you want, you can assign different paragraph styles to the outline number level.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To highlight the screen display of outline numbers, choose <emph>View -</emph>
<emph>Field Shadings</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#numerierung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#position_s"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/user" id="bm_id3147506"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/user">Saves or loads an outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Format</emph> button is only available for outline numbering. For numbered or bulleted list styles, modify the Numbering Styles of the paragraphs.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1" id="bm_id3154474"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Untitled 1 - 9</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1">Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas" id="bm_id3152958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save As</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas">Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/entry" id="bm_id3154191"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form" id="bm_id3154194"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save As</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form">Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XI��� � text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hyperlink</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hyperlink"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150980"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrameURLPage" id="bm_id3153671"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp">Hyperlink</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrameURLPage">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grahyper"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Link to</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the link properties.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url" id="bm_id3154825"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search" id="bm_id3149103"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp">FTP server</link> in the Internet.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name" id="bm_id3148983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame" id="bm_id3149035"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets">here</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Image Map</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the type of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server" id="bm_id3149170"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Server-side image map</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client" id="bm_id3151029"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Client-side image map</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client">Uses the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xr<�� � text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="documenttype"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/MMOutputTypePage" id="bm_id2589191"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the type of mail merge document to create. </paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/letter" id="bm_id2589190"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Letter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail message</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/email" id="bm_id3822443"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���Lt t text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigation</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_NAVI" id="bm_id3149832"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Navigation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_NAVI">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEUP" id="bm_id3153304"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_PAGEUP">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN" id="bm_id3156109"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN">Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas).</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Working With the Navigation Toolbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its icon located in the vertical scrollbar. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arrange it on the screen.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_VS" id="bm_id3154622"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Repeat Search</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_BKM" id="bm_id2258064"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_CTRL" id="bm_id9021576"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through control fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_DRW" id="bm_id4192327"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_FRM" id="bm_id8498794"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through text frames.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_FTN" id="bm_id66835"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_GRF" id="bm_id7068697"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through graphics.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_INDEX_ENTRY" id="bm_id9798577.00000001"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through index entries.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_MARK" id="bm_id9345988"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through reminders.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_NEXT" id="bm_id3960692"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_OLE" id="bm_id5234534"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_OUTL" id="bm_id1883602"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through headings.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_PGE" id="bm_id6152836"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through pages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_POSTIT" id="bm_id5230567"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through comments.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_PREV" id="bm_id1692556"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_REG" id="bm_id9508651"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through sections.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_SEL" id="bm_id7225257"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through selections.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_SRCH_REP" id="bm_id1448408"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through search results.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA" id="bm_id7630237"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA_ERROR" id="bm_id8653523"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TBL" id="bm_id4498428"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through tables.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XuF B�& �& text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Variables</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="variablen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8526261"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/FldVarPage" id="bm_id3151266"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp">Variables</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Variable fields let you add dynamic content to your document. For example, you can use a variable to reset the page numbering.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldvariablen"/></section><paragraph role="warning">User-defined fields are only available in the current document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/type" id="bm_id3154692"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#feldtyp"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Description</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Set Variable</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing <emph>Edit - Field</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Show Variable</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Selection </emph>list.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">DDE field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde">DDE</link> link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Insert Formula</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a fixed number, or the result of a formula.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Input field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a new value for a variable or a User Field.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">The value of a variable in an Input field is only valid from where the field is inserted and onwards. To change the value of the variable later in the document, insert another Input field of the same name, but with a different value. However, the value of a User Field is changed globally.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">The variables are displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog<link href="text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp"><emph>Input Field</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number range</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics, or text frames.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Set page variable</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a reference point in the document, after which the page count restarts. Select "on" to enable the reference point, and "off" to disable it. You can also enter an offset to start the page count at a different number.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Show Page Variable</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays the number of pages from the "Set page variable" reference point to this field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">User Field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a custom global variable. You can use the User Field to define a variable for a condition statement. When you change a User Field, all instances of the variable in the document are updated.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hinweis"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/numformat" id="bm_id3148875"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/><paragraph role="paragraph">For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the <emph>Format </emph>list, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/name" id="bm_id3150108"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#name"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/value" id="bm_id3150119"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#wert"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format" id="bm_id3155871"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/select" id="bm_id3150684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you double-click an entry while holding the Ctrl key or select the desired variable and press the spacebar, it is immediately inserted into your document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formula</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This option is only available if the "Insert formula" field type is selected.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hinweis"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#korrektur"/><section id="unsichtbar"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible" id="bm_id3156226"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Invisible</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the "Set Variable" and "User Field" field types.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chapter numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the options for resetting chapter numbers.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level" id="bm_id3149829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator" id="bm_id3147605"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="uebernehmen"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply" id="bm_id3147069"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#syuebernehmen"/></section><section id="loeschen"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete" id="bm_id3151092"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete">Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/nu02.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�~Ӊ� � ! text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Object</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="object"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DrawGraphicMenu" id="bm_id5739310"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp">Object</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05230000.xhp#positionundgroesse"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05200000.xhp#linie"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05210000.xhp#flaeche"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05990000.xhp">Text Attributes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp">Fontwork</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XL���
�
text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Columns</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="spalten"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/TableColumnPage" id="bm_id7831292"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp">Columns</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the column width properties.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltentab"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth" id="bm_id3154273"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Adapt table width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth">Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns" id="bm_id3149809"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Adjust columns proportionally</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns">If possible, change in column width will be equal for each column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space-nospin" id="bm_id3154564"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remaining space</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space-nospin">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Column width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the column widths for the table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width1" id="bm_id3149690"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width2" id="bm_id3149694"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width3" id="bm_id3154188"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width4" id="bm_id3154193"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width5" id="bm_id3154197"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6" id="bm_id3154202"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Column widths</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back" id="bm_id3149487"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left Arrow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next" id="bm_id3149826"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right Arrow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#tabelle_tastatur"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�|�� text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Caption</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertCaptionDialog" id="bm_id764454"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/InsertCaptionDialog" id="bm_id3150765"/><section id="caption"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp">Caption</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="beschrifttext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/InsertCaptionDialog">Adds a numbered caption to a selected image, table, chart, frame, or shape.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to. </variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#beschriftungein"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the caption options for the current selection.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category" id="bm_id3154567"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category">Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. </ahelp> For example, the "Illustration" caption category is formatted with the "Illustration" paragraph style.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/numbering" id="bm_id3152956"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/numbering">Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit" id="bm_id3155905"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Caption</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit">Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/separator_edit" id="bm_id7607959"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position" id="bm_id4664754"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position">Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp">Options</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#optionentext"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/auto" id="bm_id72939"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoCaption</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�� � text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>All Charts</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allediagramme"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateCharts" id="bm_id4220141"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateCharts" id="bm_id3148488"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp">All Charts</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateCharts" visibility="visible">Updates the charts in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#adiagr"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Ko�T T text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Customize Address List</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Customize Address List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Customizes the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address list elements</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X����� � text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Optimal Width</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth" id="bm_id8687648"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth" id="bm_id3154763"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Optimal Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltenbreitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth">Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> Changing the width of a column does not affect the width of the other columns in the table. The width of the table cannot exceed the page width.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#optibrs"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Im�Y Y text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Unprotect</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aufheben"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly" id="bm_id3818873"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly" id="bm_id3147402"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp">Unprotect</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly">Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#schutzaufhz"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can also remove cell protection from a table in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XY��i i text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>New Address Block</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">New Address Block</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block of a <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">mail merge</link> document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address Elements</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list. You can add the same field more than once.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Drag address element to the field below</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�4��� � text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Flow</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="textfluss"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154558"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TableTextFlowPage" id="bm_id3154507"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp">Text Flow</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TableTextFlowPage">Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabelletextfluss"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text flow</paragraph><bookmark branch="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break" id="bm_id3147174"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page" id="bm_id3147567"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column" id="bm_id3154479"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before" id="bm_id3149689"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after" id="bm_id3159201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle" id="bm_id3143276"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3151258"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf" id="bm_id3148972"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split" id="bm_id3147221"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Allow table to split across pages and columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow" id="bm_id3669240"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RowSplit" id="bm_id6725669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Allow row to break across pages and columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep" id="bm_id3149046"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline" id="bm_id3155137"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf" id="bm_id3560289"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textdirection" id="bm_id2659993"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text orientation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textdirection">Select the orientation for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can use the following formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Horizontal</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Vertical</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Use superordinate object settings</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient" id="bm_id3262733"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X_ �h� � text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Normal Layout</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="normal_layout"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrintLayout" id="bm_id8907078"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp">Normal Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="normal_layout_text"><ahelp hid=".">Displays how the document will look when you print it.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#drucklayout"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��~ text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Word Count</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/WordCountDialog" id="bm_id6469313"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WordCountDialog" id="bm_id1483504"/><section id="wordcount"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp">Word Count</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG">Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document. The count is kept up to date as you type or change the selection.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#how"/></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#wordcount"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp">File - Properties - Statistics</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X+��x� � text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="selektieren"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EntireColumn" id="bm_id3150253"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp">Select</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:EntireColumn" visibility="visible">Selects the column that contains the cursor.</ahelp> This option is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltesel"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X}�Q 3 3 text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Footnote or Endnote</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="footnote_endnote"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditFootnote" id="bm_id8871205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp">Edit Footnote or Endnote</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="footnote_endnote_text"><variable id="fusstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditFootnote">Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#fussnote"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the footnote area at the bottom of the page, or at the end of the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To quickly jump to the footnote or endnote text, click the anchor for note in the document. You can also position the cursor in front of or behind the marker, and then press Ctrl+Shift+PgDn. To jump back to the anchor for the note, press PgUp.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the numbering type for the footnote or endnote.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Auto</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitenautomatisch"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitenzeichen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Choose</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitensonderzeichen"/><paragraph role="tip">To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>. You can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T
</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the type of note to insert, that is, footnote or endnote. A footnote is placed at the bottom of the current page, whereas an endnote is placed at the end of the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Footnote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Converts an endnote to a footnote.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Endnote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Converts a footnote to an endnote.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/prev" id="bm_id3154335"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrow left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/prev">Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/lc06301.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Previous footnote</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/next" id="bm_id3149631"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrow right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/next">Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/lc06300.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Next footnote</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialog.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�m�v v " text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Selection Mode</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="selection_mode"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp">Selection Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#selection_mode"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��Kt! t! text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Macro</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="makro"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp">Macro</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage">Specifies the macro to run when you click a graphic, frame, or an OLE object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#makrografik"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_MACRO_HEADERTABLISTBOX" id="bm_id9825434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Event</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Event</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Event trigger</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">OLE object</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Graphics</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Frame</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">AutoText</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">ImageMap area</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Hyperlink</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Click object</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">object is selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Mouse over object</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">mouse pointer moves over the object</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Trigger Hyperlink</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">hyperlink that is assigned to the object is clicked</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Mouse leaves object </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">mouse pointer moves off the object</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Graphics load successful </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">graphic is loaded successfully</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Graphics load terminated</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">loading of the graphic is terminated by the user (for example, when downloading)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Graphics load faulty</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">graphic is not successfully loaded</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Input of alpha characters </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">text is inputted</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Input of non-alpha characters </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Resize frame</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">frame is resized</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move frame</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">frame is moved</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Before inserting AutoText</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">before AutoText is inserted</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">After inserting AutoText</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">after AutoText is inserted</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href="text/shared/02/01170103.xhp">Control properties</link> or <link href="text/shared/02/01170202.xhp">Form properties</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries" id="bm_id4656819"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macros</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to save the macros.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros" id="bm_id3767815"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Macro name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Assign</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_ASSIGN">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aufheb"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Z�qI I text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoAbstract to Presentation</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sendenpraeser"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendAbstractToStarImpress" id="bm_id7682353"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendAbstractToStarImpress" id="bm_id3149288"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp">AutoAbstract to Presentation</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre">Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenpraeser"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the "Heading 1" paragraph style are included.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). </paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��4�A A text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>All Indexes and Tables</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="alleverz"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAllIndexes" id="bm_id6748742"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAllIndexes" id="bm_id3151243"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp">All Indexes and Tables</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAllIndexes" visibility="visible">Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#alleverz"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xd�ʍ text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Custom Salutation</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/AddressBlockDialog" id="bm_id8578143"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Custom Salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the salutation layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">mail merge</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">e-mail merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addresses" id="bm_id8578142"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Salutation elements</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/toaddr" id="bm_id5275734"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/fromaddr" id="bm_id6546525"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addressdest" id="bm_id1746574"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Drag salutation elements into the box below</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/custom" id="bm_id8161564"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Customize salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/up" id="bm_id1669972"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/left" id="bm_id1744743"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/right" id="bm_id1376384"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/down" id="bm_id7465132"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X a�@q q text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Input Field</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog" id="bm_id3154104"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Input Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text" id="bm_id3154564"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text">The upper box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box of the Input Field on the <emph>Functions </emph>tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next" id="bm_id3149685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XG�) ) text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Entries (table of objects)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp">Entries (table of objects)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz36"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#ebene"/><paragraph role="paragraph">A Table of Objects only has one index level.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#eintragstext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tabulator"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#seitennr"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau2"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#formatierung"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��۵|- |- text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoText</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="autotext"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/AutoTextDialog" id="bm_id3098317"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditGlossary" id="bm_id3154100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp">AutoText</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autotexttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditGlossary">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><paragraph role="tip">You can also click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#autotext"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoText</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert" id="bm_id3152778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press Ctrl+Tab to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type "Dum", and then press Enter.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name" id="bm_id3155856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname" id="bm_id3150124"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shortcut</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#schliessen"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext" id="bm_id3153121"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoText</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new" id="bm_id3154628"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext" id="bm_id3150662"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New (text only)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy" id="bm_id3154037"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Copy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace" id="bm_id3149601"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/rename" id="bm_id3150779"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit" id="bm_id3155352"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/macro" id="bm_id3145100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Macro</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import" id="bm_id3156263"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories" id="bm_id3156049"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Categories</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog" id="bm_id3159229"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Categories</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name" id="bm_id3150796"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb" id="bm_id3155328"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new" id="bm_id3154421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename" id="bm_id3153372"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group" id="bm_id3154131"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selection list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen1"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/path" id="bm_id3154845"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save links relative to</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile" id="bm_id3148755"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File system</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet" id="bm_id3153031"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Internet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xݱ�m_% _% text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Footnotes</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fussnoten"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage" id="bm_id3154656"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp">Footnotes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage">Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#fussnoten"/></section><paragraph role="note">To set additional option for footnotes and endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoNumbering</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb" id="bm_id3150929"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Numbering</paragraph><section id="endnotennumerierung"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb">Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Selection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Description</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A, B, C</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Uppercase</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">a, b, c</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Lowercase</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">I, II, III</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Roman numerals (upper case)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">i, ii, iii</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Roman numerals (lower case)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">1, 2, 3</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arabic numerals</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A,... AA,... AAA,...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "AA".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">a,... aa,... aaa,...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "aa".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb" id="bm_id3155179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Counting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb">Select the numbering option for the footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Option</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Per page</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Per chapter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the beginning of each chapter.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Per document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Numbers the footnotes in the document sequentially.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf" id="bm_id3149179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf">Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected "Per Document" in the <emph>Counting </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix" id="bm_id3150580"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type "To " to display "To 1".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/suffix" id="bm_id3156375"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type ")" to display "1)".</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <item type="keycode">F11</item> to open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> dialog and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialog enter <item type="input">\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb" id="bm_id3151380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">End of page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb">Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb" id="bm_id3150117"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">End of document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb">Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To ensure a uniform appearance for the footnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb" id="bm_id3147613"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb">Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3145122"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can assign styles to footnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined footnote styles, or use a different style.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb" id="bm_id3149846"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb" id="bm_id3148857"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Footnote area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Continuation notice</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted" id="bm_id3151078"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">End of Footnote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted">Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, "Continued on Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/contfromed" id="bm_id3154082"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start of next page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/contfromed">Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, "Continued from Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��B��0 �0 text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Functions</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="funktionen"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/FldFuncPage" id="bm_id3156382"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp">Functions</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/name" id="bm_id3149875"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/value" id="bm_id3150251"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/value" visibility="hidden">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on the field type that you select, you can assign conditions to certain functions. For example, you can define a field that executes a macro when you click the field in the document, or a condition that, when met, hides a field. You can also define placeholder fields that insert graphics, tables, frames and other objects into your document when needed.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldfunktionen"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/type" id="bm_id3146964"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#feldtyp"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Conditional text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts text if a certain <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">condition</link> is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable "sun", click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Input list</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Input field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a text field that you can open by <link href="text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp">clicking</link> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Execute macro</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the <emph>Macro</emph> button. </paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Placeholder</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a placeholder field in the document, for example, for graphics. When you click a placeholder field in the document, you are prompted to insert the item that is missing.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hidden text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden text</emph> check box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hidden Paragraph</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraph</emph> check box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Combine characters </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Combines up to 6 characters, so that they behave as a single character. This feature is only available when Asian fonts are supported.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hinweis"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/format" id="bm_id3149307"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/><paragraph role="paragraph">For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands.</paragraph><section id="bedingung"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Condition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition">For fields linked to a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond1" id="bm_id3151259"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2" id="bm_id3151262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Then, Else</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format "databasename.tablename.fieldname".</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the table or the field name does not exist in a database, nothing is inserted.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you include the quotes in "databasename.tablename.fieldname", the expression is inserted as text.</paragraph><section id="hinweis"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reference</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Type the text that you want to display in the field. If you are inserting a placeholder field, type the text that you want to display as a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field. </paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the macro that you want to run when the field is clicked.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macro name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the name of the selected macro.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Placeholder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Type the text that you want to appear in the placeholder field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hidden text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Type the text that you want to hide if a condition is met.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the characters that you want to combine. You can combine a maximum of 6 characters. This option is only available for the <emph>Combine characters</emph> field type.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter a value for the selected field.</paragraph><section id="makro"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro" id="bm_id3148889"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macro</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the "Execute macro" function field.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The following controls are displayed for <emph>Input list</emph> fields:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item" id="bm_id3155871"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Item</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item">Enter a new item.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add" id="bm_id3147425"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems" id="bm_id3147612"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Items on list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove" id="bm_id3149552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up" id="bm_id3155964"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down" id="bm_id3150562"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname" id="bm_id3149226"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:ListBox:DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN:LB_LISTITEMS" id="bm_id3146344"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Choose Item</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS">Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:PushButton:DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN:PB_EDIT" id="bm_id3148848"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sw:PushButton:DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN:PB_NEXT" id="bm_id3155570"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by Ctrl+Shift+F9.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�K� text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154506"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To resize a selected frame or object, first press Ctrl+Tab. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press Ctrl+Tab again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</emph></link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X%���c c text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Cell</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zelle"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp">Cell</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This command is only available if you have selected a table in your document, or if the cursor is in a table cell.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#zelle"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#verbinden"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100500.xhp#oben"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp#mitte"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100700.xhp#unten"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#schuetzen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#aufheben"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�v� � text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Column</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="spalte"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp">Column</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the width of columns, or select, insert, and delete columns.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spalte"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp">Width...</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#breitetext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp">Optimal width</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#spaltenbreitetext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp#gleichverteilen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp#selektieren"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp">Insert...</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#einfuegentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#loeschen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X{*�Xk k text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Outline & Numbering</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="numerierung"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/NumParaPage" id="bm_id3145415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Outline & Numbering</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/NumParaPage">Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#abnumerierung"/></section><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link>, and then click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_OUTLINE_LEVEL" id="bm_id1209200804144764"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Outline level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_OUTLINE_LEVEL">Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.</ahelp> Select <emph>Body text</emph> to reset the outline level.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_NUMBER_STYLE" id="bm_id3154200"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_NUMBER_STYLE">Select the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp">Numbering Style</link> that you want to apply to the paragraph.</ahelp> These styles are also listed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting</link> window if you click the <emph>Numbering Style</emph> icon.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/editnumstyle" id="bm_id3154201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/editnumstyle">Edit the properties of the selected numbering style.</ahelp> These properties will apply to all paragraphs formatted with the given numbering style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This section only appears when you edit the properties of the current paragraph by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NEW_START" id="bm_id3151262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Restart at this paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NEW_START">Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NUMBER_NEW_START" id="bm_id3148973"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Start with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NUMBER_NEW_START">Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_NEW_START" id="bm_id3149043"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">"Start with" spin button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_NEW_START">Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp> The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Line numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the <link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp">Line numbering</link> options. To add line numbers to your document, choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_COUNT_PARA" id="bm_id3153357"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Include this paragraph in line numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_COUNT_PARA">Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_RESTART_PARACOUNT" id="bm_id3151038"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Restart at this paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_RESTART_PARACOUNT">Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_RESTART_PARA" id="bm_id3155906"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Start with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_RESTART_PARA">Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XeO( � � text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print Preview</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="printpreview"><section id="seitenansicht"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrintPreview" id="bm_id2822117"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrintPreview" id="bm_id3146060"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp">Print Preview</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:PrintPreview">Displays a preview of the printed page or closes the preview.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#ansicht"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the icons on the <emph>Print Preview Bar</emph> to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also press Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll through the pages.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You cannot edit your document while you are in the print preview.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ClosePreview" id="bm_id9368395"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ClosePreview" id="bm_id2166814"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">To exit the print preview, click the <emph>Close Preview</emph> button.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp">Page View Object Bar</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XY��} } text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Header</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="header"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageHeader" id="bm_id3155625"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp">Header</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#kopfzeile"/></section><paragraph role="note">The headers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Normal</emph>).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove a header, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header - All</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To format a header, choose <link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X7�y
text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Field Names</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="field_names"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Fieldnames" id="bm_id4185417"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp">Field Names</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Switches between showing fields as field names or field values.</ahelp> When enabled the field names are displayed, and when disabled the field values displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#feldbefehle"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the <emph>Field codes</emph> checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you print a document with <item type="menuitem">View - Field Names</item> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Insert - Field</link>.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�+�f7 7 text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Flow</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="textfluss"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2502212"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage" id="bm_id3147406"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp">Text Flow</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage">Specify hyphenation and pagination options.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#textfss"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">hyphenation</link> options for text documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto" id="bm_id3147171"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd" id="bm_id3149286"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Characters at line end</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin" id="bm_id3147508"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Characters at line begin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum" id="bm_id3153530"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Maximum no. of consecutive hyphens</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Breaks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the page or column <link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp">break</link> options.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert" id="bm_id3154567"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType" id="bm_id3154189"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition" id="bm_id3155180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle" id="bm_id3149494"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle" id="bm_id3154831"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber" id="bm_id3151257"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber">Enter the page number that you want to appear on the first page after the break. If you want to use the current page numbering, select "0".</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara" id="bm_id3149033"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not split paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara" id="bm_id3152772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkOrphan" id="bm_id3153356"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan" id="bm_id3153361"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Orphan control</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkWidow" id="bm_id3145780"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow" id="bm_id3145784"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Widow control</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster">Orphans</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X{&�85 5 text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Options</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options" id="bm_id3151170"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="optionentext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options">Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an <link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp">outline level</link> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#nummernkreisoptionen"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/CaptionOptionsDialog" id="bm_id3151174"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering by chapter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you add chapter numbers to caption labels, the caption numbering is reset when a chapter heading is encountered. For example, if the last figure in chapter 1 is "Figure 1.12", the first figure in the next chapter would be "Figure 2.1".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/level" id="bm_id3154479"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/level">Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/separator" id="bm_id3153672"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/separator">Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Category and frame format</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/style" id="bm_id8001037"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the character style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow" id="bm_id2826013"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply border and shadow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow">Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XmZ M�
�
text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="addresses"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/MMAddressBlockPage" id="bm_id8489027"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the recipients for the mail merge document as well as the layout of the address block.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="note">The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select address list</emph> button is called <emph>Select different address list</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The title of this page is <emph>Address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Address list</emph> for e-mail messages.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresslist" id="bm_id8489028"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select address list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/address" id="bm_id934476"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">This document shall contain an address block</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/hideempty" id="bm_id59205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Suppress lines with just empty fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settings" id="bm_id8949247"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">More</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/assign" id="bm_id8653523"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Match fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/prev" id="bm_id2950224"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/next" id="bm_id8050477"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">(Browse buttons)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X� �m text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Column Width</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetColumnWidth" id="bm_id7860324"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/ColumnWidthDialog" id="bm_id3149875"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Column Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="breitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetColumnWidth">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#breites"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Width</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column" id="bm_id3149350"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width" id="bm_id3150019"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xb � text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Split Table</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabelleauf"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153246"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SplitTable" id="bm_id3037041"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/SplitTableDialog" id="bm_id3154654"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp">Split Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SplitTable">Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabauf"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mode</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading" id="bm_id3153002"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Copy heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle" id="bm_id3145247"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Custom heading (apply style)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading" id="bm_id3148775"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Custom heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading" id="bm_id3147173"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XX��+� � text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Entries (table of contents)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp">Entries (table of contents)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz31"/></section><section id="ebene"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the level that you want to define.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="aufbau"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Structure and formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/token" id="bm_id3151171"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type="keycode">Delete</item> key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><section id="chapterno"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno" id="bm_id3152962"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Chapter number (E#)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="eintragstext"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext" id="bm_id3154193"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Entry text (E)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="tabulator"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop" id="bm_id3149484"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tab stop (T)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="seitennr"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno" id="bm_id3148974"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page number (#)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink" id="bm_id3147224"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"> Hyperlink (LS and LE)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all" id="bm_id3152778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all">Applies the current settings to all levels without closing the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="aufbau2"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle" id="bm_id3156270"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit" id="bm_id3145784"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar" id="bm_id3155921"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fill character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos" id="bm_id3155871"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tab stop position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright" id="bm_id3147488"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Align right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="formatierung"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/numberformat" id="bm_id9986877"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#eval"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle" id="bm_id3150547"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tab position relative to Paragraph Style indent</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle">Positions the tab stop relative to the "indent from left" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�H=�� � text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Bibliography Entry</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog" id="bm_id3717844"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog" id="bm_id3154491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Bibliography Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bibliography_entry_text"><variable id="litvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#lit"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Short name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Author, Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Closes the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can edit the current entry.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�$` ` text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Envelope</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="umschlag"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage" id="bm_id3148772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp">Envelope</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#umschlagb"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" id="bm_id3151178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Addressee</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit" id="bm_id3149802"/><bookmark branch="hid/sw:MultiLineEdit:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND" id="bm_id3149806"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sender</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" id="bm_id3154474"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" visibility="visible">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" id="bm_id3155892"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" visibility="visible">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/field" id="bm_id3154197"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" id="bm_id3154201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" visibility="visible">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xe�
R� � text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table of Contents and Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="table_of_context_index_submenu"><section id="verzeichnisse"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp">Table of Contents and Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a menu to insert an index or bibliography entry, as well as inserting a table of contents, index, and or bibliography.</paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verzeichnisseeinf"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp">Index Entry</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#eintrag"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp">Bibliography Entry</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#literaturvz"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp">Table of Content, Index or Bibliography</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#verzeichnisse"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�⚡�
�
text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="greetingline"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a Salutation</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the properties for the salutation. If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/greeting" id="bm_id274666"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">This document should contain a salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Female</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Male</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Field value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">General salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/assign" id="bm_id9288918"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Match fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/prev" id="bm_id3859675"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/next" id="bm_id991546"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">(Browse buttons)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�d��� � text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Format</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableDialog" id="bm_id6845912"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Table Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableDialog">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#formattabelle"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#tabelle"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#textfluss"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#spalten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XАq|c
c
text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp">Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">index</link> type.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz23"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#typtitel"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzfuer"/><section id="erzaus"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create from</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the information to be combined to form an index.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions" id="bm_id3153671"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Captions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category" id="bm_id3155903"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display" id="bm_id3155179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Display</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text "Illustration 24: The Sun", where "Illustration 24" was automatically generated, and "The Sun" was added by the user.</paragraph><table name="tbl_id3149490"><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Selections in the Display list box</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Entry in the Index</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Reference Text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Illustration 24: The Sun</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Category and Number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Illustration 24</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Caption</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The Sun</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you select "Caption Text", the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption does not appear in the index entry.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames" id="bm_id3155857"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Object names</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�� � � text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Mail Merge</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".uno:MergeDialog">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog, which helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#serienbrief"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp"><emph>Database</emph></link> tab page under <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TLB_TREELISTBOX" id="bm_id5399029"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a database and table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/singledocument" id="bm_id7246620"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/individualdocuments" id="bm_id6964323"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to create one document for every one data record.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/generate" id="bm_id6631672"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/mailmerge/fileformat" id="bm_id8452711"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the file format.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Records</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all" id="bm_id3149685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected" id="bm_id3143279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selected records</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/rbfrom" id="bm_id3149097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/rbfrom">Specifies which records to include in your form letter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/from" id="bm_id3148978"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/from">Specifies the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to" id="bm_id3153643"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to">Specifies the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Output</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer" id="bm_id3150497"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Printer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer">Prints the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file" id="bm_id3145785"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/singlejobs" id="bm_id3151383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Single print jobs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/singlejobs">Prints each form letter individually with the selected printer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path" id="bm_id3150122"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb" id="bm_id3147423"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Generate file name from</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies how the file name is generated.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field" id="bm_id3147747"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Database field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field">Uses the content of the selected data field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Manual setting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME">Creates the file name based on the text you enter, followed by a serial number.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#mailmerge"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xe�O� � text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Convert Text to Table</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147402"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertTableText" id="bm_id3342815"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/ConvertTextTableDialog" id="bm_id3146323"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">Convert Text to Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="texttab"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertTableText">Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#texttabelle"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Separate text at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs" id="bm_id3166468"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tabs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons" id="bm_id3153722"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Semicolons</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph" id="bm_id3154638"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other" id="bm_id3153151"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Other:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered" id="bm_id3151168"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn" id="bm_id3154273"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Equal width for all columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/autofmt" id="bm_id3152939"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoFormat</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb" id="bm_id3153528"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading" id="bm_id3152962"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheaderssb" id="bm_id6823328"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb" id="bm_id3147524"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Don't split table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb" id="bm_id3149123"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X:��z z text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Index Entry</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:IndexEntryDialog" id="bm_id5051951"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/IndexEntryDialog" id="bm_id3154489"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectindexdialog/SelectIndexDialog" id="bm_id3154490"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Index Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="index_entry_text"><variable id="verzeichniseintragtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:IndexEntryDialog">Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</item></link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#verzeichniseintrag"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Edits the selected index entry.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb" id="bm_id3143283"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed">Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. </ahelp> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as "Basics, see also General".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">1st key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb">To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">2nd key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb">Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf">Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#phonetic"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete" id="bm_id3155912"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete">Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first" id="bm_id3155863"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">End arrow to left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sd/imglst/nv03.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">End arrow to left</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last" id="bm_id3147747"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">End arrow to right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sd/imglst/nv06.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">End arrow to right</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous" id="bm_id3155091"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrow to left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous">Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_prevrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Left Arrow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next" id="bm_id3154628"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrow to right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next">Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sd/imglst/nv05.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Right Arrow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp">Navigation Bar</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X #@�g g text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Styles</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="vorlagen"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/TocStylesPage" id="bm_id3154643"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp">Styles</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#stichwortverzeichnisverz3"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Assignment</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels" id="bm_id3154642"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Levels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles" id="bm_id3150766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign" id="bm_id3147514"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default" id="bm_id3153533"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the "Default" paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit" id="bm_id3153668"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�< text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="selektieren"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EntireRow" id="bm_id7683016"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EntireRow" id="bm_id3149055"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp">Select</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:EntireRow" visibility="visible">Selects the row that contains the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#selektierenz"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">This option is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X ��I I text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FootnoteDialog" id="bm_id3799245"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FootnoteDialog" id="bm_id3150014"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp">Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="fnoten"><ahelp hid=".uno:FootnoteDialog">Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#fussnoteneinstellung"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#fussnoten"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#endnoten"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XR��3� � text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Match Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/AssignFieldsDialog" id="bm_id8489027"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Match Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address blocks</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">salutations</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Matches to:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field name in your database for each logical field element.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XX��t t text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>New Address Block</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">New Address Block</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address Elements</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Drag address element to the field below</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��4�) �) text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dokument"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/FldDocumentPage" id="bm_id3145246"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp">Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Fields are used to insert information about the current document, for example, file name, template, statistics, user data, date, and time.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddokument"/></section><paragraph role="note">For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, <link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#datumuhrzeit">special $[officename] formats</link> are used.</paragraph><section id="feldtyp"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type" id="bm_id3153666"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:</paragraph></section><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Author</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the name of the current user. </paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chapter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the chapter number and/or the chapter name.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the current date. You can insert the date as a fixed field - <item type="literal">Date (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type="literal">Date</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type="literal">Date</item> field, press F9.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">File name</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the filename and/or the directory path of the current document, as well as the filename without extension.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Page</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the page number of the current, previous, or next page.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Sender</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp"><emph>$[officename] - User Data</emph></link>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Statistics</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, and then click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab.
</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Templates</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the filename, the path, or the filename without the file extension of the current template. You can also insert the names of the "Category" and the "Style" formats used in the current template.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the current time. You can insert the time as a fixed field - <item type="literal">Time (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type="literal">Time</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type="literal">Time</item> field, press F9.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="hinweis"><paragraph role="note">The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph></section><section id="auswahl"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select" id="bm_id3150671"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Fields</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Function</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Previous page</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the page number of the previous page in the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Next page </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the page number of the next page in the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Page Number </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the current page number.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Format</emph>, click the numbering format that you want to use.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset </emph>for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty.</paragraph></section><section id="korrektur"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value" id="bm_id3150903"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Offset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example "+1".</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="tip">If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.</paragraph><section id="format"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format" id="bm_id3145607"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="datumuhrzeitformat">When you click "Additional formats", the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you choose "Chapter number without separator" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in <link href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Outline numbering</emph></link> are not displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you choose "chapter number" as the <emph>format</emph> for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following number range formats are for paragraphs formatted with numbered or bulleted lists:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Category and number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The format contains everything between the beginning of the paragraph and directly after the number-range field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Caption text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The format contains the text following the number-range field up to the end of the paragraph</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The format only contains the reference number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/fixed" id="bm_id3153014"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#inhaltfix"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level" id="bm_id3153038"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset" id="bm_id3154610"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Offset in days/minutes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="wert"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��q� � text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp">Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">index</link> type.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz24"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#typtitel"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzfuer"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#erzaus"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�,�
� � text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Section</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="bereich"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5941038"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/SectionPage" id="bm_id3145414"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/EditSectionDialog" id="bm_id3145415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><ahelp hid="."><link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp">Section</link></ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the properties of the section.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#bereicheinbereich"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionname" id="bm_id3145413"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/curname" id="bm_id8467970"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New Section</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name "Section X" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Link</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/link" id="bm_id3153532"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/link" id="bm_id3153536"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/dde" id="bm_id3154569"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/dde" id="bm_id3154573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">DDE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The general syntax for a DDE command is: "<Server> <Topic> <Item>", where server is the DDE name for the application that contains the data. Topic refers to the location of the Item (usually the file name), and Item represents the actual object.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, to insert a section named "Section1" from a $[officename] text document abc.odt as a DDE link, use the command: "soffice x:\abc.odt Section1". To insert the contents of the first cell from a MS Excel spreadsheet file called "abc.xls", use the command: "excel x:\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1". You can also copy the elements that you want to insert as a DDE link, and then <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. You can then view the DDE command for the link, by selecting the contents and choosing <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/filename" id="bm_id3149038"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/filename" id="bm_id3149042"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File name<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> / DDE command
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the <emph>Browse</emph> button to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the <emph>DDE </emph>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/selectfile" id="bm_id3155148"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/file" id="bm_id3156266"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionname" id="bm_id3145781"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/section" id="bm_id3145785"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Section</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you open a document that contains linked sections, you are prompted to update the links.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Write Protection</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/protect" id="bm_id3155864"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/protect" id="bm_id3155868"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Protect</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Prevents the selected section from being edited.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/withpassword" id="bm_id3145273"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/withpassword" id="bm_id3145274"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">With password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/password" id="bm_id3150561"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/selectpassword" id="bm_id3147735"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hide</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/hide" id="bm_id3149843"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/hide" id="bm_id3149847"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hide</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip "hidden" is displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You cannot hide a section if it is the only content on a page, or in a header, footer, footnote, frame, or table cell.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/withcond" id="bm_id3154334"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/condition" id="bm_id3154338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">With condition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.</ahelp> A condition is a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">logical expression</link>, such as "SALUTATION EQ Mr.". For example, if you use the <link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp">mail merge</link> form letter feature to define a database field called "Salutation" that contains "Mr.", "Ms.", or "Sir or Madam", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is "Mr.".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Another example would be to create the field variable "x" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: "x eq 1". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable "x" to "0".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Editable in read-only document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select to allow editing of the section's contents even if the document is opened in read-only mode.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Field commands</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">Syntax for conditions</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X ���] ] text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Non-printing Characters</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="nonprinting_chars"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ControlCodes" id="bm_id9113552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp">Non-printing Characters</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows hidden formatting symbols in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#steuerzeichen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When you delete a paragraph mark, the paragraph that is merged takes on the formatting of the paragraph that the cursor is in.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To specify which non-printing characters are displayed, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display of</emph> area.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X ]'� � text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Format</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="format"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage" id="bm_id3149286"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp">Format</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#formatbr"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Addressee</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr" id="bm_id3154482"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">from left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr" id="bm_id3153675"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">from top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit" id="bm_id3154195"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sender</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender" id="bm_id3152769"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">from left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender" id="bm_id3155142"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">from top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit" id="bm_id3156274"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format" id="bm_id3147416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format">Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width" id="bm_id3145268"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150554"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�* � text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Footnote/Endnote</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFootnoteDialog" id="bm_id1360835"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFootnote" id="bm_id4793576"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertEndnote" id="bm_id5303788"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/InsertFootnoteDialog" id="bm_id3148771"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp">Footnote/Endnote</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="fussnoteein"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFootnote">Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.</ahelp> You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="endnoten">The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="endnotetext">Footnotes are inserted at the end of a page, and endnotes are inserted at the end of a document.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#fussnoteein"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic" id="bm_id3154482"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bearbeitenautomatisch"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>.
</variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/character" id="bm_id3152963"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry" id="bm_id3152962"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bearbeitenzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter or number. To assign a special character, click the button at the bottom.
</variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter" id="bm_id3153519"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Choose</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bearbeitensonderzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter">Inserts a <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote" id="bm_id3148974"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Footnote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote" id="bm_id3149046"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Endnote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp">Tips for working with footnotes</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X?�i i text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertField" id="bm_id3076263"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/FieldDialog" id="bm_id3145412"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertField">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> The dialog lists all available fields.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldbefehlein"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#dokument"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#referenzen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#funktionen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#dokumentinfo"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#variablen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#datenbank"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/ok" id="bm_id3149692"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FIELD_INSERT">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/cancel" id="bm_id3155186"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X&h� � text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="mailmerge"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id4642780"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeWizard" id="bm_id6627657"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeWizard" id="bm_id5430463"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id9926450"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id9926450"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#mmwizard"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters_main"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#startingdocument"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#documenttype"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#addresses"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#greetingline"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#layout"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#preparemerge"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#personalize"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#saveprintsend"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�B � � text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="inserttable"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertTable" id="bm_id3151392"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/InsertTableDialog" id="bm_id3151394"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp">Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="table_text"><variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertTable">Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#einfgentabelle"/></section><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a table from another document, copy the table, and then paste the table into the current document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a table into a table, click in a cell in the table and choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and click the<emph> Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit" id="bm_id3147514"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the number of columns and rows in the new table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin" id="bm_id3154569"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin" id="bm_id3154470"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the options for the table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb" id="bm_id3155181"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb" id="bm_id3143283"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin" id="bm_id227973"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin">Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb" id="bm_id3149100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not split the table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/bordercb" id="bm_id3147097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/bordercb">Adds a border to the table cells.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/autoformat" id="bm_id3147226"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoFormat</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformattext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/autoformat">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Icon on the Insert toolbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytabelle"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp">Table - Properties - Text Flow</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xg�?!d
d
text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>E-Mail Message</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/MailBodyDialog" id="bm_id495011"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">E-Mail Message</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp">e-mail</link> attachments.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/greeting" id="bm_id1831110"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">This e-mail should contain a salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation to the e-mail.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Female</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Male</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Field value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">General salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/bodymle" id="bm_id495010"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Write your message here</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the main text of the e-mail.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��ip text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Special Tags</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154106"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp">Special Tags</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type.</paragraph><section id="datumuhrzeit"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date and Time Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For "Date" and "Time" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Fields</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">$[officename] Tag</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date is fixed</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL="35843,4239988426" SDNUM="1031;1031;DD/MM/YY">17/02/98</SDFIELD></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date is variable</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM="1031;1031;DD/MM/YY">17/02/98</SDFIELD></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time is fixed</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL="35843,4240335648" SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS">10:10:36</SDFIELD></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time is variable</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS">10:10:36</SDFIELD></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="dokumentinfo"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">DocInformation Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the "Created" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Fields</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">$[officename] Tag</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Description (fixed content)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>Description</SDFIELD></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Creation date</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM="1031;1031;QQ YY">1. Quarter 98</SDFIELD></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Creation time (fixed content)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=TIME SDVAL="0" SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS AM/PM" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Modification date</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM="1031;1031;NN DD MMM, YY">Mo 23 Feb, 98</SDFIELD></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��
�� � text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Manual Break</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertBreak" id="bm_id1881914"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/BreakDialog" id="bm_id3150015"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Manual Break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="manual_break_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBreak">Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#manuellerumbruch"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the type of break that you want to insert.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/linerb" id="bm_id3154108"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Line Break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/linerb">Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can also insert a line break by pressing Shift+Enter.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/columnrb" id="bm_id3155176"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Column Break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/columnrb">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagerb" id="bm_id3149096"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page Break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagerb">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/stylelb" id="bm_id3156270"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/stylelb">Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumcb" id="bm_id3155911"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Change page number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumcb">Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumsb" id="bm_id3150693"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumsb">Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">To display manual breaks, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp"><emph>View - Nonprinting Characters</emph></link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#page_break"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�BY�A �A text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigator</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="navigator"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Navigator" id="bm_id4232254"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_TREELIST" id="bm_id4232255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#navigator"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To open the Navigator, choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the Ctrl key and double-click on a grey area of the Navigator.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the plus sign (+) next to a category in the Navigator to view the items in the category. To view the number of items in a category, rest your mouse pointer over the category in the Navigator. To jump to an item in the document, double-click the item in the Navigator.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To jump to the next or previous item in a document, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp">Navigation</link> icon to open the Navigation toolbar, click the item category, and then click the up or down arrows.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text "hidden" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/contenttoggle" id="bm_id3155911"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/globaltoggle" id="bm_id3155912"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Toggle Master View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.</ahelp> Switches between <link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp">master view</link> and normal view if a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp">master document</link> is open.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20244.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Toggle Master View</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/navigation" id="bm_id3150553"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Navigation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the "Previous" and "Next" arrows.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp">Navigation</link> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the "Previous" and "Next" arrows.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To continue the search, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp"><emph>Repeat Search</emph></link> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20249.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Navigation</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/back" id="bm_id3148779"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Previous</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".</ahelp> Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20186.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Previous Object</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/forward" id="bm_id3154022"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".</ahelp> Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20175.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Next Object</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/numericfield" id="bm_id3148726"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/numericfield">Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To quickly move the cursor to another page while you are in a document, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F5, type the number of the page that you want to jump to, and then wait a few moments.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/listbox" id="bm_id3155319"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List Box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/listbox">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20233.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">List box on/off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root" id="bm_id3145591"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Content View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root">Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20244.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Switch Content View</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the "Headings" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/reminder" id="bm_id3155392"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Set Reminder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, in the <emph>Navigation</emph> window click the <emph>Reminder</emph> icon, and then click the <emph>Previous</emph> or <emph>Next</emph> button.</ahelp> Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp">Navigation</link> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sr20014.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Set Reminder</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/header" id="bm_id3159237"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Header</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/header">Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20179.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Header</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/footer" id="bm_id3147131"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/footer">Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20177.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Footer</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/anchor" id="bm_id3150309"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Anchor <-> Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/anchor">Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20182.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Anchor <-> Text</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode" id="bm_id3154303"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Drag Mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Drag mode</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP" id="bm_id3150949"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert As Hyperlink</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK" id="bm_id3154365"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert As Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY" id="bm_id3155583"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert As Copy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings" id="bm_id3150519"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Outline Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings">Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_OUTLINES" id="bm_id3148820"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">1-10</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_OUTLINES">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20236.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Outline level</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote" id="bm_id3145582"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chapter Up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20174.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Chapter Up</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote" id="bm_id3154435"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chapter Down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20171.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Chapter down</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promotelvl" id="bm_id3151349"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Promote Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promotelvl">Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20172.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Promote level</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demotelvl" id="bm_id3153724"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Demote Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demotelvl">Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20173.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Demote level</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX" id="bm_id3148994"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose <emph>Display</emph>, and then click the document that you want to view.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�^8#
text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Image</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicDialog" id="bm_id4787703"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicDialog" id="bm_id3145246"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Image</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="grafiktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicDialog">Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected image.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also change some of the properties of the selected image with <link href="text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp">shortcut keys</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#formatgrafik"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Image</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#typ"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#zusaetze"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">Wrap</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#umlauftext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#grafik"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp#zuschneiden"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#makro"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X o�� � text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp">Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">index</link> type.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz22"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#typtitel"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzfuer"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame" id="bm_id3146963"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Combine identical entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries "View 10, View 43" are combined as "View 10, 43".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff" id="bm_id3151393"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Combine identical entries with p or pp</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff">Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a "p" or "pp". For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10pp", and "View 10, View 11" as "View 10p".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash" id="bm_id3149353"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Combine with -</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens" id="bm_id3150019"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Case sensitive</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps" id="bm_id3148393"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoCapitalize entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry" id="bm_id3153924"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keys as separate entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile" id="bm_id3150766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Concordance file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file" id="bm_id3153151"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="sort"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the options for sorting the index entries.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang" id="bm_id3150359"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype" id="bm_id3147524"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Key type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X �w��
�
text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Drop Caps</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="initialen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7635731"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage" id="bm_id3151239"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp">Drop Caps</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#initialen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH" id="bm_id3146322"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show Drop Caps</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD" id="bm_id3145824"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Whole word</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS" id="bm_id3150020"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number of characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES" id="bm_id3148775"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE" id="bm_id3153920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Distance from text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Contents</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT" id="bm_id3147564"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3156321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None].</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��&� � text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hidden Paragraphs</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hidden_paragraphs"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs" id="bm_id8952760"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp">Hidden Paragraphs</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.</ahelp> This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#versteckteabs"/></section><paragraph role="note">To enable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link>, and ensure that the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box in the <emph>Display of</emph> area is selected.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">field command</link> "Hidden Paragraph" to assign a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">condition</link> that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you hide a paragraph, footnotes and frames that are anchored to characters in the paragraph are also hidden.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X40�� � text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Protect</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schuetzen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Protect" id="bm_id7637302"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Protect" id="bm_id3155626"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp">Protect</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#schtzenze"/></section><paragraph role="note">When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp"><emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph></link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X߇d�� � text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Footnote</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fussnote"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/FootnoteAreaPage" id="bm_id3151390"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp">Footnote</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/FootnoteAreaPage">Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#fussnoteform"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footnote area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the height of the footnote area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage" id="bm_id3147509"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Not larger than page area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight" id="bm_id3149801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Maximum footnote height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb" id="bm_id3154482"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext" id="bm_id3152958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Space to text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Separator Line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the position and other properties of the separator line.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position" id="bm_id3155177"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style" id="bm_id3149098"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness" id="bm_id3149099"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Thickness</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness">Select the thickness of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color" id="bm_id3149100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color">Select the color of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length" id="bm_id3149492"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents" id="bm_id3147098"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing to footnote contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xy *(* * text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Styles and Formatting</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="styles_and_formatting"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3907589"/><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FMT" id="bm_id7354350"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use the Styles and Formatting deck of the Sidebar to apply, create, edit, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditStyle" id="bm_id0122200903162640"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#gestalter"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken">dock</link> the Styles and Formatting window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, the Styles and Formatting deck displays a preview of the available styles. The previews can be disabled in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp">Expert configuration</link> by setting the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/StylesAndFormatting Preview</emph> to <emph>false</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">How to apply a style:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text. To apply a Character Style to one word, click the word. To apply a Paragraph Style, click the paragraph.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click the style in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Customize - Keyboard</item> tab page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Styles and Formatting toolbar contains icons for formatting your documents:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Style Category</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaStyle" id="bm_id5183654"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sfx2/res/styfam2.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Paragraph Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CharStyle" id="bm_id8801201"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sfx2/res/styfam1.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Character Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for characters.</ahelp> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FrameStyle" id="bm_id9644609"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sf03.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Frame Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for frames.</ahelp> Use frame styles to format frame layouts and position.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageStyle" id="bm_id1836178"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sf04.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Page Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for pages.</ahelp> Use page styles to determine page layouts, including the presence of headers and footers.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ListStyle" id="bm_id8443551"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><image src="sw/imglst/sf05.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">List Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.</ahelp> Use list styles to format number and bullet characters and to specify indents.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN" id="bm_id3151377"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Fill Format Mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN">Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.</ahelp> To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/></tablecell></tablerow></table><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_stylenewbyexample.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">New Style from Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE" id="bm_id3149563"/><paragraph role="paragraph">New style from selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE" id="bm_id9001129"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Update style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE">The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Load style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">More information about <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp">styles</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Applied Styles</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#benvortext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���a a text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Wrap</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="umlauf"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/WrapPage" id="bm_id3153538"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TextWrap" id="bm_id6339381"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WrapMenu" id="bm_id0801200803335347"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">Wrap</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="umlauftext"><ahelp hid=".uno:TextWrap">Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.</ahelp> You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object.
</variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grafikumlauf"/></section><paragraph role="tip">To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WrapOff" id="bm_id3148982"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none" id="bm_id3147090"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">None</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="keinumlauftext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/wr07.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">None</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before" id="bm_id3149164"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/wr02.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Before</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after" id="bm_id3150694"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/wr03.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">After</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WrapOn" id="bm_id3149224"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel" id="bm_id3149228"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Parallel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="seitenumlauftext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/wr04.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Parallel</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WrapThrough" id="bm_id622670"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through" id="bm_id3151096"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Through</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="durchlauftext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/wr05.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Through</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/optimal" id="bm_id3150463"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WrapIdeal" id="bm_id3150462"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Optimal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dynamischertext"><ahelp hid=".uno:WrapIdeal">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp></variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/wr06.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Optimal</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the text wrap options.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/anchoronly" id="bm_id3153240"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WrapAnchorOnly" id="bm_id3154324"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">First Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ersterabsatztext"><ahelp hid=".uno:WrapAnchorOnly">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object.
</variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/transparent" id="bm_id3150086"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WrapThroughTransparent" id="bm_id7503356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">In Background</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:WrapThroughTransparent">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outline" id="bm_id3149369"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WrapContour" id="bm_id3149372"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Contour</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:WrapContour">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>.
</variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside" id="bm_id3154632"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Outside only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Gaps</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left" id="bm_id3150671"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right" id="bm_id3149949"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top" id="bm_id3147277"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom" id="bm_id3149621"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�)*�` ` text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>DocInformation</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dokumentinfo"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/FldDocInfoPage" id="bm_id3152958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp">DocInformation</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddokumentinfo"/></section><paragraph role="note">When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, <link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#dokumentinfo">special $[officename] formats</link> are used.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/type" id="bm_id3153639"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#feldtyp"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Modified</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time of the last save.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Editing time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the amount of time spent on editing a document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Comments</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Document number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the version number of the current document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Created</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time when the document was created.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Info 0 - 3</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the contents of the info fields found on the <emph>User Defined </emph>tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp"><emph>File - Properties</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Last printed</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the name of the author, and the date or time that the document was last printed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Keywords</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Subject</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Title</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hinweis"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/select" id="bm_id3154623"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#auswahl"/><paragraph role="note">For the "Created", "Modified", and "Last printed" field types, you can include the author, date, and time of the corresponding operation.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/format" id="bm_id3166051"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#datumuhrzeitformat"/><section id="inhaltfix"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed" id="bm_id3149620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fixed content</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="note">Fields with fixed content are only evaluated when you create a new document from a template that contains such a field. For example, a date field with fixed content inserts the date that a new document was created from the template.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X=�Z�- - text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Entries (illustration index)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp">Entries (illustration index)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the illustration index entries.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz33"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#ebene"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Illustration Indexes only have one index level.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#eintragstext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tabulator"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#seitennr"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau2"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#formatierung"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�3jC_ _ text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Delete</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="loeschen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteColumns" id="bm_id9878689"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteColumns" id="bm_id3154015"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteColumns" id="bm_id1239356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp">Delete</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="loeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteColumns">Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">This command is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#lschens"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�I��
�
text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Entries (alphabetical index)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp">Entries (alphabetical index)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz32"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#ebene"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Level "S" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#eintragstext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tabulator"/><section id="level"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo" id="bm_id3154566"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Chapter Info</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry" id="bm_id3154196"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Chapter entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="eval"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entryoutlinelevel" id="bm_id354930"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Evaluate up to level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#seitennr"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau2"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#formatierung"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle" id="bm_id3149102"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character Style for main entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim" id="bm_id3147094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Alphabetical delimiter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/commasep" id="bm_id3149043"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Key separated by commas</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/commasep">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�p��I I text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select Address List</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/SelectAddressDialog" id="bm_id119937"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Select Address List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the address list that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/add" id="bm_id7303689"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog opens.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/create" id="bm_id584429"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/filter" id="bm_id4916837"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Filter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/edit" id="bm_id3753166"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/changetable" id="bm_id7802667"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Change Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X g�ڋ � text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Page Formatting</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seitenformatierung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Repaginate" id="bm_id8768968"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Repaginate" id="bm_id3150342"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp">Page Formatting</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:Repaginate">Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#seitenformatierung"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">In long documents, updating the page formatting can take a while.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XA�T�{ { text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Row Height</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetRowHeight" id="bm_id3310623"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/RowHeightDialog" id="bm_id3154653"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Row Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hoehetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetRowHeight">Changes the height of the selected row(s).</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#hoehez"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf" id="bm_id3145823"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf">Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/fit" id="bm_id3150019"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit to size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/fit">Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp"><emph>Row - Optimal Height</emph></link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xz@"cE E text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Combine</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Combine</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog" id="bm_id9093905"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Minimum Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�4��L L text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Rename AutoText</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/RenameAutoTextDialog" id="bm_id3155920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Rename AutoText</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#autotextum"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" id="bm_id3155921"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" visibility="visible">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" id="bm_id3155869"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" visibility="visible">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldsc" id="bm_id3150122"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" id="bm_id3145576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" visibility="visible">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��Q�� � text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Section</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertSection" id="bm_id7648447"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertSection" id="bm_id3149809"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="bereicheinfuegen"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">Insert Section</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bereich"><ahelp hid="FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION">Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#bereichein"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde">DDE</link> link.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit a section, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#bereich"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#spalten"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#indents"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#fussendnoten"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts the section that you defined at the current cursor position in the document.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��5 5 text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select Address Block</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/SelectBlockDialog" id="bm_id6604815"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Select Address Block</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select the address block which you want to use</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/never" id="bm_id6604815"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Never include country/region</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/always" id="bm_id2571184"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Always include country/region</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/dependent" id="bm_id6947538"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Only include country/region if it is not:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/country" id="bm_id7257606"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/new" id="bm_id1533249"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/edit" id="bm_id1784112"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/delete" id="bm_id2646565"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�q,�Z Z text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Optimal Height</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalRowHeight" id="bm_id3398284"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalRowHeight" id="bm_id3153728"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Optimal Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zeilenhoehetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight" visibility="visible">Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> This is the default setting for new tables.</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#optihz"/></section><paragraph role="note">This option is only available if the table contains a row with a fixed height.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�k` text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Grid</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="textraster"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/TextGridPage" id="bm_id3145580"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150760"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp">Text Grid</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asiahinweis"/><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#textraster"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_NOGRID" id="bm_id3145579"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_LINESGRID" id="bm_id3145584"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID" id="bm_id3145588"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Grid</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Grid layout</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE" id="bm_id3154570"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Lines per page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE" id="bm_id3153668"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Characters per line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE" id="bm_id3149696"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Max. base text size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE" id="bm_id3143276"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Max. Ruby text size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW" id="bm_id3151259"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ruby text below/left from base text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_DISPLAY" id="bm_id3154828"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_PRINT" id="bm_id3154832"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR" id="bm_id3154836"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Grid display</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X<�ͩ� � text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printer</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drucker"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage" id="bm_id3149806"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp">Printer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#druckerbr"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft" id="bm_id3153675"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Horizontal left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter" id="bm_id3149688"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Horizontal center</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright" id="bm_id3155186"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Horizontal right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft" id="bm_id3149817"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter" id="bm_id3149104"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical center</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright" id="bm_id3153644"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top" id="bm_id3145757"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print from top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom" id="bm_id3149171"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print from bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right" id="bm_id3145778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shift right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down" id="bm_id3151378"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shift down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Current printer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the name of the current printer.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup" id="bm_id3147411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Setup</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�_��� � text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Character Style </title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp">Character Style</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here, you can create a font style.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#zeichenvorlage"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#verwalten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#zeichen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#zn"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#schrifteffekt"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#position"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020600.xhp#asilayout"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck2"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#standard"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xy��4� � text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Define Bibliography Entry</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/CreateAuthorEntryDialog" id="bm_id3147571"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/CreateAuthorEntryDialog">Change the content of a bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#litdef"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Entry data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER" id="bm_id3154107"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Short name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHOR" id="bm_id3153538"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_YEAR" id="bm_id3153666"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ADDRESS" id="bm_id3153670"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CHAPTER" id="bm_id3153674"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_EDITOR" id="bm_id3151308"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_BOOKTITLE" id="bm_id3151312"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_HOWPUBLISHED" id="bm_id3151316"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_INSTITUTION" id="bm_id3151321"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_JOURNAL" id="bm_id3154566"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_SERIES" id="bm_id3154570"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_NOTE" id="bm_id3154575"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM1" id="bm_id3154471"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM3" id="bm_id3154476"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM5" id="bm_id3154480"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_TITLE" id="bm_id3152952"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_PUBLISHER" id="bm_id3152956"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ISBN" id="bm_id3152960"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_PAGES" id="bm_id3152964"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_EDITION" id="bm_id3155895"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_VOLUME" id="bm_id3155899"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ORGANIZATIONS" id="bm_id3155904"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_SCHOOL" id="bm_id3149685"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_MONTH" id="bm_id3149689"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_NUMBER" id="bm_id3149694"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ANNOTE" id="bm_id3154189"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_URL" id="bm_id3154193"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM2" id="bm_id3154197"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4" id="bm_id3154201"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE" id="bm_id3143277"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp">Formatting bibliography entries</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�?h� � text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Outline to Clipboard</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sendenclipboard"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendOutlineToClipboard" id="bm_id3320125"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendOutlineToClipboard" id="bm_id3148770"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp">Outline to Clipboard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard">Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenclipboard"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XM��+ �+ text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Type</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="typ"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id9646290"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrameTypePage" id="bm_id3147406"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/SwPosSizePage" id="bm_id3147407"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp">Type</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrameTypePage">Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grafiktyp"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Size</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/width" id="bm_id3150761"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/width" id="bm_id9134495"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/width">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth" id="bm_id3151177"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relative</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation" id="bm_id3151178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relative width relation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation">Decides what 100% width means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/height" id="bm_id3152948"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/height" id="bm_id9007232"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/height">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight" id="bm_id3153535"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relative</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation" id="bm_id3151179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relative height relation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation">Decides what 100% height means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ratio" id="bm_id3153668"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/ratio" id="bm_id7496566"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep ratio</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ratio">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize" id="bm_id3154482"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Original Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">This option is not available for frames.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight" id="bm_id3151255"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autowidth" id="bm_id358592"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available when you select a frame.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Anchor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topage" id="bm_id3156280"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/topage" id="bm_id8638874"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topage">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara" id="bm_id3145771"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/topara" id="bm_id5567796"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar" id="bm_id3151370"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/tochar" id="bm_id89419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar" id="bm_id3155856"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/aschar" id="bm_id2176274"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">As character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the location of the selected object on the current page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos" id="bm_id3147500"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/horipos" id="bm_id2376781"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose "anchor as character".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori" id="bm_id3149565"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/byhori" id="bm_id8156682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select "From Left" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor" id="bm_id3150556"/><bookmark branch="hid//ui/swpossizepage/horianchor" id="bm_id3423566"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">to</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can see the result of the alignments options that you select in the Preview box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/mirror" id="bm_id3146331"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/mirror" id="bm_id1756950"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Mirror on even pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/mirror">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can also use the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp"><emph>Image</emph></link> flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos" id="bm_id3145321"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/vertpos" id="bm_id7322305"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the "Bottom" and "Center" alignment options are available.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert" id="bm_id3156123"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/byvert" id="bm_id8157292"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select "From Top" or "From Bottom" (as character) in the <emph>Vertical</emph> box. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor" id="bm_id3150923"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/vertanchor" id="bm_id1466719"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">to</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor">Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow" id="bm_id611285"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/swpossizepage/followtextflow" id="bm_id4516434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Follow text flow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, the <emph>Follow text flow</emph> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of Writer older than OpenOffice.org 2.0. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc).</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp"><emph>Format - Anchor</emph></link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05070000.xhp"><emph>Format - Alignment</emph></link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�!K� � text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Assign Styles</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog" id="bm_id3149354"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp">Assign Styles</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog" visibility="visible">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz28"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The list contains the paragraph styles that you can assign to index levels.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left" id="bm_id3151187"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><<</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left" visibility="visible">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right" id="bm_id3147506"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">>></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right" visibility="visible">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X_�F�� � text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Index Entry</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertIndexesEntry" id="bm_id3666614"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/IndexEntryDialog" id="bm_id3150014"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Index Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eintrag"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertIndexesEntry">Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#eintragverz"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph></link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb" id="bm_id3154097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb">Select the index that you want to add the entry to.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed" id="bm_id3153539"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed">Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb" id="bm_id3153674"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">1st key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb">Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key, the index entry is "weather, cold".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb" id="bm_id3155898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">2nd key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb">Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key and "winter" as the 2nd key, the index entry is "weather, winter, cold".</ahelp></paragraph><section id="phonetic"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/phonetic0ed" id="bm_id3155186"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Phonetic reading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/phonetic0ed">Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.</ahelp> This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb" id="bm_id3149104"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Main Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb">Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.</ahelp> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf" id="bm_id3147092"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf">Entries using the paragraph format "Heading X" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">This option is available only for table of contents and user-defined index entries.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb" id="bm_id3145777"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply to all similar texts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasesensitivecb" id="bm_id3150555"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Match case</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasesensitivecb"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#exakt"/></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasewordonlycb" id="bm_id3146326"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Whole words only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasewordonlycb"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#ganze"/></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert" id="bm_id3149839"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert">Marks an index entry in your text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close" id="bm_id3154771"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new" id="bm_id3151095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New user-defined index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/newuserindexdialog/NewUserIndexDialog" id="bm_id3153307"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/newuserindexdialog/NewUserIndexDialog">Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X� q�� � text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copies To</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/CCDialog" id="bm_id2162235"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Copy To</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify additional e-mail recipients for the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp">mail merge</link> document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/cc" id="bm_id2162236"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">CC</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/bcc" id="bm_id3037202"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">BCC</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X!&�H H text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>New Address List</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CreateAddressList" id="bm_id3153966"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">New Address List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents. When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address Information</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Show Entry Number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Customize</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�EU�[ [ text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Apply and Edit Changes</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ananbe"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply" id="bm_id766634"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply" id="bm_id3145829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp">Apply and Edit Changes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat3"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT" id="bm_id3149022"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Accept All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT" id="bm_id3147173"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reject All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG" id="bm_id3147564"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Changes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp">Manage Changes, Filter tab</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�yw� � text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print & Send</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="saveprintsend"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/MMOutputPage" id="bm_id3743096"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print or Send</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the output options for mail merge documents.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The appearance of this page depends on the option that you select. After you specify the settings, click <emph>Finish</emph> to exit the wizard.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/savestarting" id="bm_id3743095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save starting document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/savestartingdoc" id="bm_id8654133"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save starting document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/savemerged" id="bm_id5630664"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save merged document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/singlerb" id="bm_id7217627"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save as single document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/individualrb" id="bm_id3735465"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save as individual documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/fromrb" id="bm_id941190"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/from-nospin" id="bm_id8942838"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/to-nospin" id="bm_id7026886"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/savenow" id="bm_id4436475"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/printmerged" id="bm_id7178868"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print merged document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the output for all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/printers" id="bm_id376598"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Printer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the printer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/printersettings" id="bm_id7486190"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/printallrb" id="bm_id4834131"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Print all documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/printnow" id="bm_id6397595"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Print Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/sendmerged" id="bm_id508133"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Send merged document as e-mail</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sends the output as e-mail messages to all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/mailto" id="bm_id5152745"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/copyto" id="bm_id3541673"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Copy to</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/subject" id="bm_id5238196"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Subject</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/sendas" id="bm_id9405499"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Send as</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/sendassettings" id="bm_id2954496"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">E-Mail Message</link> dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/attach" id="bm_id8253730"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name of the attachment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/sendallrb" id="bm_id8163090"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Send all documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to send e-mails to all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputpage/sendnow" id="bm_id425122"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Send Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to start sending e-mails.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�V>�� � text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Apply</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dokument"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormatApply" id="bm_id9349581"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormatApply" id="bm_id3154656"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5028839"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp">Apply</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph>Options</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat2"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/><paragraph role="paragraph">When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoCorrect for Headings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">paragraph begins with a capital letter</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">paragraph does not end with a punctuation mark</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">empty paragraph above and below the paragraph</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoCorrect for Bullets / Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a bulleted list, type a hyphen (-), star (*), or plus sign (+), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph. </paragraph><paragraph role="note">Automatic numbering is only applied to paragraphs formatted with the <emph>Standard</emph>, <emph>Text body</emph> or <emph>Text body indent</emph> paragraph styles.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoCorrect for Separator Lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you type three or more hyphens (---), underscores (___) or equal signs (===) on line and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">lower border</link> of the preceding paragraph. The following rules apply:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Three hyphens (-) yield a single line (0.05 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Three underscore (_) yield a single line (1 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Three equal signs (=) yield a double line (1.10 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm).</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XSݓ�
�
text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Frame</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrame" id="bm_id2796990"/><section id="frame"><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rahm"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrame">Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#rahmen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special <link href="text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp">shortcut keys</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you see small red arrows at the beginning and the end of text in frame, use the arrow keys to scroll through the remaining text.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also preview the effects when you change the frame anchor to "As Character". The "Baseline" is drawn in red, "Character" is the font height, and "line" is the height of the line, including the frame.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#typ"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#zusaetze"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#umlauf"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#spalten"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#makro"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrameInteract" id="bm_id8960281"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrameInteract" id="bm_id3147096"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Icon on the Insert toolbar:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="syrahmentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrameInteract">Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syrahmen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X ��� � text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Endnotes</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="endnoten"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/EndnotePage" id="bm_id3154644"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp">Endnotes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/EndnotePage">Specifies the formatting for endnotes.</ahelp> The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#endnoten"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/numberinglb" id="bm_id3149757"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoNumbering</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#endnotennumerierung"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/offsetnf" id="bm_id3145421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/offsetnf">Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.</ahelp> This is useful if want the endnote numbering to span more than one document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix" id="bm_id3150714"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type "re: " to display "re: 1".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/suffix" id="bm_id3153529"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type ")" to display "1)".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To ensure a uniform appearance for the endnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb" id="bm_id3147520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb">Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3154482"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can assign styles to endnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined endnote styles, or use a different style.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb" id="bm_id3159195"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb" id="bm_id3155175"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Endnote area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��T�a a text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard - Prepare Merge</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="preparemerge"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmpreparepage/MMPreparePage" id="bm_id9046601"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Browse through the document previews, exclude single recipients, and edit the main document.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmpreparepage/record-nospin" id="bm_id9046601"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Recipient</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmpreparepage/first" id="bm_id735801"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmpreparepage/prev" id="bm_id290536"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmpreparepage/next" id="bm_id2619708"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmpreparepage/last" id="bm_id1293679"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmpreparepage/exclude" id="bm_id108340"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Exclude this recipient</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmpreparepage/edit" id="bm_id1743827"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.</ahelp> To return to the wizard, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X ��Q+ + text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Entries (user-defined index)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp">Entries (user-defined index)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz35"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#ebene"/><paragraph role="note">User-defined indexes do not support sub-keys.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#eintragstext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tabulator"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#seitennr"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau2"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#formatierung"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XŠ�� � text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoFormat for Tables</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormat" id="bm_id3150343"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/AutoFormatTableDialog" id="bm_id3150249"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2655415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoFormat for Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformattabelle"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/AutoFormatTableDialog">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformattab"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Applying an AutoFormat to a Table</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in a table cell, or select the cells that you want to format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>, and then click the format that you to want to apply.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb" id="bm_id3148770"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb">Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add" id="bm_id3147174"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add">Adds a new table style to the list.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Format a table in your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the table, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <link href="text/shared/01/05150101.xhp"><emph>Add AutoFormat</emph></link> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove" id="bm_id3154280"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove">Deletes the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the formatting attributes that you to include in the selected table style.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb" id="bm_id3147526"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb">Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb" id="bm_id3152954"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Font</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb">Includes font formatting in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb" id="bm_id3153675"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb">Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb" id="bm_id3154193"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb">Includes border styles in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb" id="bm_id3155184"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Pattern</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb">Includes background styles in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename" id="bm_id3149483"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename">Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the "Standard" table style.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X)��c( ( text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMultiIndex" id="bm_id588301"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMultiIndex" id="bm_id3154471"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMultiIndex" visibility="visible">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</ahelp> To edit an index or table of contents, place the cursor in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#stichwortverzeichnisverz"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also preview the index or table in this dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on the type of index or table that you select, the following tabs are present.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#verzeichnis"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#eintraege"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#vorlagen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#spalten"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this tab to specify the column layout for the index or table of contents. By default, the index title is one-column wide and extends out from left page margin.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XA� m text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp">Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">index</link> type.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz26"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#typtitel"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzfuer"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects" id="bm_id3145416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create from the following objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X͚�Q Q text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Exchange Database</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="exchange_database"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145799"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeDatabaseField" id="bm_id4081199"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/ExchangeDatabasesDialog" id="bm_id4081299"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp">Exchange Database</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="datenbankaustext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeDatabaseField">Change the data sources for the current document.</ahelp> To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names. </variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#datenaust"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Exchange Databases</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can only change one database at a time in this dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb" id="bm_id3149048"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Databases in Use</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb" id="bm_id3146048"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Available Databases</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse" id="bm_id9902035"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define" id="bm_id9902036"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Define</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To exchange a database:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click in the document that you want to change the data source for.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Exchange Database</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Databases in Use</emph> list, select the database table that you want to replace.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Available Databases</emph> list, select the replacement database table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Define</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���z z text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="startingdocument"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/MMSelectPage" id="bm_id9740592.00000000"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/currentdoc" id="bm_id9740592.00000001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use the current document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/newdoc" id="bm_id501724"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create a new document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/loaddoc" id="bm_id216986"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Start from existing document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsedoc" id="bm_id7658314"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/template" id="bm_id1717886"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Start from a template</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsetemplate" id="bm_id3173619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoc" id="bm_id6065248"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Start from a recently saved starting document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoclb" id="bm_id920133"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Document type</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��'y y text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Entries (indexes/tables)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="eintraege"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage" id="bm_id3145824"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp">Entries (indexes/tables)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">Type</link> tab.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz3"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp">Table of Contents</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp">Alphabetical Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp">Illustration Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp">Index of Tables</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp">User-Defined</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp">Table of Objects</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp">Bibliography</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��H9m
m
text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="personalize"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmergepage/MMMergePage" id="bm_id664083"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Edit documents for each recipient.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The Mail Merge Wizard creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient. When you reach this page of the wizard, the names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmergepage/edit" id="bm_id664082"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit individual document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.</ahelp> After you made your changes, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmergepage/entry" id="bm_id2794885"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Search for</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text that you want to search for in the merged document, for example, the name of a recipient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmergepage/find" id="bm_id2486342"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to start the search.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmergepage/wholewords" id="bm_id823999"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Whole words only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Searches for whole words only and not parts of larger words.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmergepage/backwards" id="bm_id6592913"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Backwards</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Searches from the current cursor position to the top of the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmergepage/matchcase" id="bm_id4656208"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Match case</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, print or send</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X� �B B text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Field Shadings</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="field_shadings"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Marks" id="bm_id9217820"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp">Field Shadings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides shadings around fields in your document like non-breaking spaces, soft hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#markierungen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp">Non-printing Characters On/Off</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X<�3�� � text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Outline to Presentation</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sendenstarimpress"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendOutlineToStarImpress" id="bm_id9830895"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendOutlineToStarImpress" id="bm_id3155897"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp">Outline to Presentation</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres">Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenstarimpress"/></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp#copytext2application"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X.�~ text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hyphenation</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hyphenation"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Hyphenate" id="bm_id3267005"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/HyphenateDialog" id="bm_id3152362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Hyphenation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#silbentrennung"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/><paragraph role="paragraph">To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To accept the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To reject the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Skip</emph>. This word will not be hyphenated.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click <emph>Hyphenate All</emph> and answer "Yes" to the following question.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp"><emph>Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph></link>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To hide soft hyphens, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link>, and then clear the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Word</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/worded" id="bm_id3155903"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Word</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/worded">Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/left" id="bm_id3159192"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/right" id="bm_id3159196"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left / Right Arrow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/right">Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/continue" id="bm_id3149299"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/continue">Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/ok" id="bm_id3143280"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hyphenate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/ok">Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/delete" id="bm_id3149815"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/delete">Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�չ� � text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Boundaries</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="text_boundaries"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ViewBounds" id="bm_id2681690"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp">Text Boundaries</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#textbegrenzungen"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�G>� � text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Layout</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="web_layout"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BrowseView" id="bm_id374616"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp">Web Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="web_layout_text"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the document as it would be viewed in a Web browser.</ahelp> This is useful when you create HTML documents.</variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#webbrowser"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xt��p p text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select Table</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/SelectTableDialog" id="bm_id6627093"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/table" id="bm_id6627094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Select Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the table that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/preview" id="bm_id2926419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��0(� � text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp">Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">index</link> type.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz27"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#typtitel"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formatting of the entries</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries" id="bm_id3154640"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp">Entries</link> tab.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets" id="bm_id3149290"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Brackets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#sort"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Boc c text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sort</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149353"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SortDialog" id="bm_id849221"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableSort" id="bm_id6670125"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/SortDialog" id="bm_id6670125"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Sort</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sort"><ahelp hid=".uno:SortDialog">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#sortieren"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort criteria</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key1" id="bm_id3153926"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key2" id="bm_id3166462"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3" id="bm_id3166466"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Keys 1 to 3</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb1" id="bm_id3156318"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb2" id="bm_id3156322"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3" id="bm_id3154638"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Column 1 to 3</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb1" id="bm_id3149286"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb2" id="bm_id3149289"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3" id="bm_id3149292"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Key type 1 to 3</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Order</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ascending</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up1" id="bm_id3147506"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up2" id="bm_id3147509"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3" id="bm_id3147513"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3">Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down1" id="bm_id3154101"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down2" id="bm_id3154104"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3" id="bm_id3152938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Descending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Direction</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns" id="bm_id3152962"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows" id="bm_id3153670"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs" id="bm_id3155896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tabs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/character" id="bm_id3154201"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator" id="bm_id3159190"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb" id="bm_id3151335"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb" id="bm_id3149494"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase" id="bm_id3154832"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Match case</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���� � text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Delete</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="loeschen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteRows" id="bm_id7236774"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteRows" id="bm_id3154766"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteRows" id="bm_id1454512"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp">Delete</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="loeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteRows">Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#loschenz"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���2� � text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Row</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeile"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp">Row</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the height of rows, or select, insert, and delete rows.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#zeile"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp">Height</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#hoehetext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp">Optimal Height</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#zeilenhoehetext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp#gleichverteilen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp#selektieren"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp">Insert...</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#einfuegentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#loeschen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XS/�3� � text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Update All</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allesaktuell"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAll" id="bm_id112134"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAll" id="bm_id3154560"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp">Update All</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAll" visibility="visible">Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#alles"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X`k�� � text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Find Entry</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Find Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> address list.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the search term.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find only in</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the data field where you want to search for the text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��m m text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/TocIndexPage" id="bm_id3145247"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp">Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">index</link> type.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz21"/></section><section id="typtitel"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type and Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the type and title of the index.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type" id="bm_id3145412"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type">Select the type of index that you want to insert.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, you can then edit that index.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title" id="bm_id3149812"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly" id="bm_id3154477"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Protected against manual changes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Enable cursor</emph> check box in the <emph>Protected Areas</emph> section.</paragraph></section><section id="verzfuer"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope" id="bm_id3155904"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create index for</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level" id="bm_id3155181"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Evaluation level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create from</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this area to specify which information to include in an index.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings" id="bm_id3149826"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Outline</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings">Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb" id="bm_id3152766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Additional Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="vorlg"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="buttonvor"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles" id="bm_id3149180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Assign styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="verzmark"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks" id="bm_id3155854"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Index marks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�b�
text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Sections</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditRegion" id="bm_id7890801"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/EditSectionDialog" id="bm_id3155897"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Sections</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditRegion">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#bereiche"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree" id="bm_id3149097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Section</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove" id="bm_id3156269"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�h text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Rulers</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="rulers"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Ruler" id="bm_id8671021"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp">Rulers</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Contains a submenu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rulers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Show or hide the horizontal ruler and if activate, the vertical ruler. The horizontal ruler can be used to adjust page horizontal margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#lineal"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical Ruler</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Show or hide the vertical ruler. The vertical ruler can be used to adjust page vertical margins, table cells, and object heights on the page.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��L text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Create AutoAbstract</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CreateAbstract" id="bm_id9059848"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/AbstractDialog" id="bm_id3145247"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp">Create AutoAbstract</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autoabstracttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CreateAbstract">Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.</ahelp> You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenautoabstract"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines" id="bm_id3154106"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras" id="bm_id3154570"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�K�/ �/ text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Cross-references</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="referenzen"><section id="cross_references"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertReferenceField" id="bm_id8981346"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/FldRefPage" id="bm_id3149042"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp">Cross-references</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="reftext"><ahelp hid=".">This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldreferenzen"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/type" id="bm_id3145772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.</ahelp> The following fields are available:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Set Reference</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Set target for a referenced field. Under <emph>Name</emph>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box <emph>Selection</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to <link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp">insert a bookmark</link>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Insert Reference</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with "Set Reference" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered "by hand".</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to <link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp">insert a hyperlink</link>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Headings</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Numbered Paragraphs</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The Selection box shows a list of all numbered headings and numbered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Bookmarks</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">After inserting a bookmark in the document with <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>, the bookmarks entry on the <emph>References</emph> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In an HTML document, these bookmarks become anchors <A name>, which determine the target of hyperlinks for example.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Footnotes</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">(Inserted objects with captions)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered "Illustration" in the list.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as "unformatted text" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/select" id="bm_id3146957"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/selecttip" id="bm_id1661427"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the "Insert reference to" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field.</paragraph><section id="format"><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, click the format that you want to use.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format" id="bm_id3154344"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert reference to</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Page</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Reference</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the complete reference target text. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Above/Below</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts "above" or "below", depending on the location of the reference target relative to the position of the reference field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">As Page Style</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target using the format specified in the page style.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including superior levels depending on the context. See note below this table for more information.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number (no context)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts only the number of the heading or numbered paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number (full context)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including all superior levels.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chapter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the number of the chapter containing the reference target.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Category and Number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the category (caption type) and the number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Caption Text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the caption label of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Numbering</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the caption number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">The "Number" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary. </paragraph><paragraph role="note">For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart "1.2.4" and you apply the "Number" format, then the reference will be shown as "4". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as "2.4" or "1.2.4", depending on the setting. If you use the "Number (full context)" format, you will always see "1.2.4", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted.</paragraph></section><section id="name"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name" id="bm_id3156253"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click "Set Reference" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/value" id="bm_id3159204"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#wert"/><paragraph role="paragraph">If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/value" id="bm_id5684377"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Edit the value.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�ce· � text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="felder"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateFields" id="bm_id7892177"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateFields" id="bm_id3148485"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp">Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateFields" visibility="visible">Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktfelder"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�ꌘ text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Merge Table </title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabelleverb"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154652"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MergeTable" id="bm_id6690819"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mergetabledialog/MergeTableDialog" id="bm_id3149048"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp">Merge Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:MergeTable">Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabverb"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you choose this command when the cursor is in the middle of three consecutive tables, you are prompted to select the table that you want to merge with.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�`' text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge Wizard - Layout</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="layout"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/align" id="bm_id7631458"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Align to text body</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/left" id="bm_id7862483"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">From left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/top" id="bm_id1113010"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">From top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/up" id="bm_id656758"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/down" id="bm_id3112582"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/zoom" id="bm_id628070"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Zoom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a magnification for the print preview.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�G_�� � text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Object</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FrameDialog" id="bm_id9776567"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FrameDialog" id="bm_id3155626"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="objekttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FrameDialog">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#objektformat"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#typ"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#zusaetze"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">Wrap</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#umlauftext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#makro"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�-e�� � text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fields"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFieldCtrl" id="bm_id030720160547013251"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp">Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The submenu lists the most common field types that can be inserted into a document at the current cursor position. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>More Fields</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#einffeldalle"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#seitennummer"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#seitenzahl"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#datum"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#zeit"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#titel"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#autor"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#thema"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">More Fields</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#feldbefehltext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X:�@�b b text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Options</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for the section.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltenber"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, if you insert a section that uses a two-column layout into a page style that uses a four-column layout, the two-column layout is nested inside one of the four columns.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also nest sections, that is, you can insert a section into another section.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#spalten"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#indents"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#fussendnoten"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��l l text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Current Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aktuellesverz"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateCurIndex" id="bm_id1112093"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateCurIndex" id="bm_id3154656"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp">Current Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateCurIndex" visibility="visible">Updates the current index.</ahelp> The current index is the one that contains the cursor.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktuellesverz"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditCurIndex" id="bm_id7415377"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditCurIndex" id="bm_id3147297"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Index or Table of Contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditCurIndex" visibility="visible">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveTableOf" id="bm_id6699563"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveTableOf" id="bm_id3155620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete Index or Table of Contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:RemoveTableOf" visibility="visible">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X4�`b b text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert (File)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertDoc" id="bm_id6224917"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert (Document)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="datei"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the contents of another document into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#einfdatei"/></section><paragraph role="tip">To always have the latest version of the contents of a file, insert a section into your document, and then insert a link to the text file in the section. See <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp">insert a section</link> for details.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�d�u% % text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Condition</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="bedingung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154656"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/ConditionPage" id="bm_id3152964"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp">Condition</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Define conditions for conditional styles here.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#vorlagenbedingt"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Conditional styles are paragraph styles that have different properties depending on the context. Once defined, you cannot change the conditional properties of a conditional style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open a blank text document and write a short business letter with a header (<emph>Format</emph> - <emph>Page</emph> - <emph>Header</emph>).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style "Business letter".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Then click the <emph>Condition</emph> tab and select the <emph>Conditional style</emph> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In <emph>Context</emph>, select the header entry and under <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style "Header". You also can select your own style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new "Business letter" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type="literal">All Styles</item> or <item type="literal">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The header text now has the attributes you specified in the Header Paragraph Style, while the other parts of the document have the attributes defined in the business letter conditional Paragraph Style.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The "Text body" Style was created as a conditional style. Therefore, any styles you derive from it can be used as conditional styles.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Paragraph Style applied to the context is used when exporting to other formats (RTF, HTML, and so on).</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle" id="bm_id3152963"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Conditional style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links" id="bm_id3147524"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Context</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Applied Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here you can see the list of all Paragraph Styles applied to a context.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles" id="bm_id3159190"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#vorlagenbereich"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove" id="bm_id3151329"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply" id="bm_id3149494"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Assign</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X4=.�? ? text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Envelope</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7094027"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertEnvelope" id="bm_id3025884"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertEnvelope" id="bm_id3148773"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp">Envelope</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="briefum"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEnvelope">Creates an envelope.</ahelp> On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#briefumschlag"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#umschlag"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#format"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#drucker"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_PRINT" id="bm_id3154574"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New doc.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_PRINT">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_INSERT" id="bm_id3151314"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_INSERT">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To delete an envelope from a document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click into the envelope page to make it the current page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click the field on the status line that shows "Envelope".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A submenu opens showing some page styles.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose the "Default" page style from the submenu.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This removes the special "Envelope" page formatting.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�N��� � text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Entries (bibliography)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp">Entries (bibliography)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for bibliography entries.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz37"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tabulator"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/authfield" id="bm_id3147168"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert" id="bm_id3151171"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove" id="bm_id3149800"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau2"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos" id="bm_id3153677"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Document position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents" id="bm_id3155902"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Content</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort keys</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key1lb" id="bm_id3143281"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key2lb" id="bm_id3149481"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb" id="bm_id3149486"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">1, 2 or 3</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up1cb" id="bm_id3149104"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up2cb" id="bm_id3149108"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb" id="bm_id3147091"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AZ</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down1cb" id="bm_id3147221"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down2cb" id="bm_id3147225"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb" id="bm_id3149035"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">ZA</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�����
�
text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp">Index</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp">index</link> type.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz25"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">User-defined indexes are available in the <emph>Type</emph> box when you insert an index entry in your document.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#typtitel"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzfuer"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create from</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Styles</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#vorlg"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#buttonvor"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzmark"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables" id="bm_id3152962"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics" id="bm_id3153670"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Graphics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes" id="bm_id3154188"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text frames</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes">Includes text frames in the index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles" id="bm_id3143276"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">OLE objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel" id="bm_id3149106"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use level from source chapter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel">Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp">Defining an index entry</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X �V� � text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="autoformat"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153925"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph></link>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat1"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#eingabe"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#dokument"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#ananbe"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the AutoCorrect dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�M�� � text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Name and Path of HTML Documents</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL" id="bm_id3150499"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewHtmlDoc" id="bm_id8703681"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewHtmlDoc" id="bm_id3150760"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Name and Path of HTML Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="htmltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:NewHtmlDoc">Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.</ahelp> If you choose this option, a separate page of links to all of the pages that are generated is also created.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#html"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Consecutive numbers are added to the file name if more than one HTML document is created. The titles of the HTML pages are created from the topmost chapter heading.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_CONTROL_FILEVIEW" id="bm_id3151311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display area</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#fileview"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_EDIT_FILEURL" id="bm_id3154470"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File name</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filename"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3155903"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Current Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE">Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.</ahelp> To use this option, apply one of the heading paragraph styles to the paragraphs where you want to start a new page in the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_FILTER" id="bm_id3149491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File type</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filetype"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_OK" id="bm_id3149099"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#save"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_CHECKBOX_AUTOEXTENSION" id="bm_id3151262"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� � text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Indents</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="indents"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/IndentPage" id="bm_id3149819"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp">Indents</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Indents the section with a left and right margin.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sectionindents"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before" id="bm_id3149818"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Before section</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after" id="bm_id3151258"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">After section</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereicheinfuegen"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Field commands</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���� � text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Fields</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FieldDialog" id="bm_id85243"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FieldDialog" id="bm_id3147169"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="fields_text"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FieldDialog">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also double-click a field in your document to open the field for editing.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#feldbefehl"/></section><paragraph role="tip">To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you select a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the type of field that you are editing.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the field options, for example, "fixed". If you want, you can click another option for the selected field type.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat" id="bm_id3155866"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click "Additional formats" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Offset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for "Next Page," "Page Numbers" or "Previous Page". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the defined values and outline levels for the "Chapter" field type.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the name of a field variable. If you want, you can enter a new name.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the current value of the field variable. If you want, you can enter a new value.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#inhaltfix"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Condition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">condition</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Then, Else</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the field contents that are displayed depending on whether the field condition is met or not.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#makro"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reference</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert or modify the reference text for the selected field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macro name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the name of the macro assigned to the selected field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Placeholder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the placeholder text of the selected field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the text that is linked to a condition.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formula</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the formula of a formula field.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#unsichtbar"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#uebernehmen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#loeschen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a registered database that you want to insert the selected field from. You can also change the table or query that the selected field refers to.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Record number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the database record number that is inserted when the condition specified for the "Any record" field type is met. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV" id="bm_id3149971"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Left Arrow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV">Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/lc06301.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Previous Field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT" id="bm_id3155552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Right Arrow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT">Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/lc06300.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Next Field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�h�� � text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Columns/Rows</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertRowDialog" id="bm_id4780320"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertRowDialog" id="bm_id3149871"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumnDialog" id="bm_id6403933"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumnDialog" id="bm_id3149874"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Columns/Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="einfuegentext"><ahelp hid="SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL">Inserts a row or column into the table.</ahelp> This command is only available when the cursor is in a table.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#einfgens"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies where to insert the columns or rows.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��n�� � text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using title pages in your document</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="using_title_pages_in_your_document"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TitlePageDialog" id="bm_id300920161429511761"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/titlepage/DLG_TITLEPAGE" id="bm_id301920161429511761"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id300920161717389897"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp">Inserting title pages in the document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Insert title pages in your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Title pages are pages at the beginning of the document that lists the publication information, such as the title of the publication, the name of the author etc. These pages have a different layout than the pages of the document body, because they may not have page numbering, sometimes a different heading and footer and even different margins settings or background.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose menu <item type="menuitem">Format - Title Page</item></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Many documents, such as letters and reports, have a first page that is different from the other pages in the document. For example, the first page of a letterhead typically has a different header or the first page of a report might have no header or footer, while the other pages do. This is simple to achieve with %PRODUCTNAME Writer.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Page header and footer, numbering, margins and orientation are some of the properties that belongs to page styles. %PRODUCTNAME Writer let your to insert a blank title page at any point of your document, or format an existing page like a title page, by inserting a page break followed by a page style of your choice or by changing the page style at cursor position.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Note: Using the Default (or any other) page style for your document, you can add a header/footer as you wish to the first page by deselecting the <item type="menuitem">Same content on first page</item> option on the header/footer pages in the <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, and then adding the header/footer. You can then add a different header/footer to the other pages of the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To convert the first page of the document into a title page</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Place the cursor on the first page,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">From the Menu Bar, choose <item type="menuitem">Format > Title Page…</item></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Select <emph>Converting existing pages to title pages</emph> </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Select the style of the title page in the <emph>Edit page</emph> property area</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">Note: By default, %PRODUCTNAME select the <emph>First page</emph> page style.</paragraph><list type="ordered" startwith="5"><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Set the page numbering reset options. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">This will change the current page style to <emph>First page</emph> and the following pages will have the <emph>Default page</emph> style</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To insert a title page anywhere in the document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Place the cursor where you want to insert a new title page.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">From the menu bar select <item type="menuitem">Format -> Title page</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Select <emph>Insert new title pages</emph></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Set number of title pages to add and</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Set the title page location by setting its page number in the spin box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Set the page numbering reset options. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Click <emph>OK</emph></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">This will insert a page break and change the current page style to <emph>First page</emph>. The following pages will have the default page style.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To delete a title page:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You cannot delete a title page. You must change its page style format from First page to whatever other page style you wish.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Place the cursor in the page you want to change the style</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">From the Sidebar Deck, select <emph>Sidebar Settings > Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">From the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph>, select button <emph>Page Styles</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">From the Style list, select the page style you want to apply.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Double click on the page style to apply.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><link href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp">Format page</link>, </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp">Page break</link>, </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><link href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link>.</paragraph></listitem></list></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��� text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Columns</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="spalten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatColumns" id="bm_id7831291"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ColumnPage" id="bm_id3153246"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageColumnDialog" id="bm_id1212200809342598"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp">Columns</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltentext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ColumnPage">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltens"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select from predefined column layouts, or create your own. When you apply a layout to a page style, all pages that use the style are updated. Similarly, when you apply a column layout to a frame style, all frames that use that style are updated. You can also change the column layout for a single frame.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/colsnf" id="bm_id3154502"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/valueset" id="bm_id1212200810184474"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/colsnf">Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also select one of the predefined column layouts.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selection fields</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/balance" id="bm_id3150568"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Evenly distribute contents to all columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.</ahelp> Evenly distributes the text in <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">multi-column sections</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Width and spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the <emph>Automatic width</emph> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">(Column number)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the column number, as well as width and distance to the adjacent columns.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/back" id="bm_id3151189"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left Arrow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/back">Moves the column display one column to the left.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06301.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Left Arrow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/next" id="bm_id3147515"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right Arrow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/next">Moves the column display one column to the right.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06300.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Right Arrow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width1mf" id="bm_id3154481"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width2mf" id="bm_id3152953"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width3mf" id="bm_id3152956"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width3mf">Enter the width of the column.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing1mf" id="bm_id3151319"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing2mf" id="bm_id3153665"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing2mf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/autowidth" id="bm_id3154573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoWidth</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/autowidth">Creates columns of equal width.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The column layout preview only shows the columns and not the surrounding page.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Separator line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This area is only available if your layout contains more than one column.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb" id="bm_id3155786"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb">Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineheightmf" id="bm_id3149303"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineheightmf">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineposlb" id="bm_id3143283"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineposlb">Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if <emph>Height</emph> value of the line is less than 100%.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb" id="bm_id3151258"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply to</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>.</paragraph><section id="textflow"><embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#textflow"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XU 35� � text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Script</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/InsertScriptDialog" id="bm_id3083451"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertScript" id="bm_id3146320"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Script</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="scripttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertScript">Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#einfscript"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp"><emph>View</emph></link>, and select the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/previous" id="bm_id3149710"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jump to Previous Script.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#nopfli"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/next" id="bm_id3150761"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#nopfre"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Contents</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype" id="bm_id3151177"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Script Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript">.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/url" id="bm_id3149800"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry" id="bm_id3149803"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the <emph>Browse</emph> button, locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript" SRC="url"></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">/* ignore all text here */</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"></SCRIPT></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse" id="bm_id3149692"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/textentry" id="bm_id3149489"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text" id="bm_id3149493"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text">Enter the script code that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��T T text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Bibliography Entry</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/BibliographyEntryDialog" id="bm_id6229048"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry" id="bm_id3150763"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Bibliography Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="literaturvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#inhaltsverz"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Entry</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography" id="bm_id3147512"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From bibliography database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument" id="bm_id3153529"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From document content</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database.</paragraph><section id="speicherhinweis"><paragraph role="note">When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entryed" id="bm_id3143284"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb" id="bm_id3149483"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Short name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Author, Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert" id="bm_id3147094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close" id="bm_id3148983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new" id="bm_id3147573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit" id="bm_id3157894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XB =�� � text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Update</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aktualisieren"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154704"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp">Update</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Updates items in the current document that have dynamic contents, so as fields and indexes.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktualisieren"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp#allesaktuell"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp#felder"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp#verknuepfungen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#aktuellesverz"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp#alleverz"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp#allediagramme"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp#seitenformatierung"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X� �1 text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Line Numbering</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id9455016"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/LineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id3154660"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Line Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zeinum">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.
</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Line numbers are not available in HTML format.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#zeilennumerierung"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering" id="bm_id3147402"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Show numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering">Adds line numbers to the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the properties of the line numbering.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown" id="bm_id3154558"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown">Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown" id="bm_id3150020"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown">Select the numbering style that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown" id="bm_id3148774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown">Select where you want the line numbers to appear.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin" id="bm_id3153924"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin" id="bm_id3151267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Interval</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin">Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter a separator character to display between line numbers if the counting interval is more than one.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry" id="bm_id3153150"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry">Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin" id="bm_id3151175"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Every</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin">Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Separators are only displayed in lines that are not numbered.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Count</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify whether to include empty paragraphs or lines in text frames in the line count.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines" id="bm_id3154573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Blank lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines">Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesintextframes" id="bm_id3150990"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Lines in text frames</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesintextframes">Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.</ahelp> In <link href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp">linked frames</link>, the numbering is not restarted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage" id="bm_id3155902"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Restart every new page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage">Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�r*�} } text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Footer</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="footer"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageFooter" id="bm_id3155061"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp">Footer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#fusszeile"/></section><paragraph role="note">The footers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Normal</emph>).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove a footer, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - All</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To format a footer, choose <link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X=�
�
text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Image</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grafik"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage" id="bm_id3152952"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp">Image</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected image.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grafik1"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Flip</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlipHorizontal" id="bm_id8328881"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert" id="bm_id3155185"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="vertikaltext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert">Flips the selected image vertically.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlipVertical" id="bm_id9859908"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori" id="bm_id3151251"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontally</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="horizontaltext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori">Flips the selected image horizontally.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages" id="bm_id3148979"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">On all pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages">Flips the selected image horizontally on all pages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages" id="bm_id3153644"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">On left pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages" id="bm_id3152769"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">On right pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts the image as a link.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry" id="bm_id3156272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the <emph>Browse</emph> button and then locate the file that you want to link to.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse" id="bm_id3145786"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05240000.xhp">Format - Flip</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp">Edit - Links</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X-��P P text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="datenbank"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/FldDbPage" id="bm_id3151315"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp">Database</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert fields from any database, for example, address fields, into your document.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddatenbank"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/type" id="bm_id3154566"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#feldtyp"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Field type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Any Record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the <emph>Record Number</emph> box as a mail merge field if the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp"><emph>Condition</emph></link> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the <emph>Any Record</emph> field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Database Name</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the name of the database table selected in the <emph>Database selection </emph>box. The "Database Name" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted "Database Name" fields are updated.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Mail merge field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the name of a database field as a placeholder, so that you can create a mail merge document. The field content is automatically inserted when you print the form letter.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Next record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the contents of the next mail merge field in your document, if the condition that you define is met. The records that you want to include must be selected in the data source view.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">You can use the "Next record" field to insert the contents of consecutive records between the mail merge fields in a document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Record number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the number of the selected database record.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hinweis"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select" id="bm_id3145262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition" id="bm_id3150559"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#bedingung"/><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the "Any Record" and "Next Record" fields are inserted. The default condition is "True", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber" id="bm_id3149831"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Record number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb" id="bm_id3150915"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse" id="bm_id5024262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb" id="bm_id3154326"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">User defined</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/numformat" id="bm_id3150084"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format" id="bm_id3150087"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List of user-defined formats</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printmergedialog/PrintMergeDialog" id="bm_id1835383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing a form letter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not show warning again</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Suppresses this dialog from now on. There is no easy way to get it back!</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XD�1 text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Page Style</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageDialog" id="bm_id5908525"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageDialog" id="bm_id3145246"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Page Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="seitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageDialog">Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#formatseite"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#verwalten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp#seite"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp#kopfzeile"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05040400.xhp#fusszeile"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#spalten"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#fussnote"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#textraster"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�� K K text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Styles</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="vorlagen"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp">Styles</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xw�
i' ' text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Entries (index of tables)</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp">Entries (index of tables)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz34"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#ebene"/><paragraph role="paragraph">An Index of Tables only has one index level.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#eintragstext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tabulator"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#seitennr"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#aufbau2"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#formatierung"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XZ�Y�� � text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Numbering Style </title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp">Numbering Style</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organized in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting</link> window.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#numerierungsvorlage"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called "named" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the icons of the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp">object bar</link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#verwalten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050100.xhp#bullets"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050200.xhp#numerierungsart"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050300.xhp#numerierung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050400.xhp#graphics"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#position_s"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp#optionen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck2"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�Y� � text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>While Typing</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="eingabe"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTOFORMAT_EXEC" id="bm_id3145252"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OnlineAutoFormat" id="bm_id3894242"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OnlineAutoFormat" id="bm_id3154491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp">While Typing</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OnlineAutoFormat">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options </emph>tab.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#eingabe"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp">word completion</link> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/02010000.xhp"><emph>Undo</emph></link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp">Other AutoCorrect rules</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��
� � text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Links</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verknuepfungen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAllLinks" id="bm_id5963455"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAllLinks" id="bm_id3154656"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp">Links</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAllLinks" visibility="visible">Updates the links in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktverknuepf"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X�ʱe� � text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Bookmark</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4974211"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertBookmark" id="bm_id7360340"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/InsertBookmarkDialog" id="bm_id3147517"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Bookmark</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bookmark_text"><variable id="textmarkeein"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBookmark">Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.</ahelp> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink. </variable></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#textmarkeein"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmark</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>You can also right-click the <emph>Page Number</emph> field at the left end of the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks" id="bm_id3154200"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Bookmarks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks">Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. The lower list contains all of the bookmarks in the current document. To delete a bookmark, select it in the list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \ @ : * ? " ; , . #</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the <emph>Insert Bookmark</emph> dialog and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xn��� � text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Load Styles</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LoadStyles" id="bm_id6197481"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/LoadTemplateDialog" id="bm_id3154764"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Load Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="vorlagentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadStyles">Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#vorlagenladen"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories" id="bm_id3154555"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Categories</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories">Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the <emph>Templates </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates" id="bm_id3145242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Templates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates">Lists the available templates for the selected category.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text" id="bm_id3148772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text">Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame" id="bm_id3147174"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame">Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages" id="bm_id3151271"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages">Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering" id="bm_id3149756"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering">Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/overwrite" id="bm_id3147507"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Overwrite</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/overwrite">Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Styles with identical names are automatically overwritten.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile" id="bm_id3147520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">From file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile">Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X��9 text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabelle"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154762"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage" id="bm_id3149052"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp">Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage">Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabformat"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name" id="bm_id3150019"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf" id="bm_id3148773"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth" id="bm_id3150764"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relative</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the alignment options for the selected table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full" id="bm_id3154101"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left" id="bm_id3153533"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft" id="bm_id3153666"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right" id="bm_id3154480"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center" id="bm_id3149689"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Centered</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free" id="bm_id3159201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Manual</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp">column widths</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf" id="bm_id3154829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf" id="bm_id3147214"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf" id="bm_id3147587"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Above</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf" id="bm_id3145757"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Below</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press Enter.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#textflow"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�XHqQ=� � text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Concordance File</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148768"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog" id="bm_id3147169"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Concordance File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows you to enter every word just once, then use the list many times.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select "Alphabetical Index".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>File</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">A concordance file contains the following fields:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">"Search term" refers to the index entry that you want to mark in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">"Alternative entry" refers to the index entry that you want to appear in the index.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The "Search term" or the "Alternative entry" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">"Match case" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">"Word only" searches for the term as a single word.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To enable the "Match case" or "Word only" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the following format guidelines when you create a concordance file:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Each entry in the concordance file is on a separate line.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Commented lines start with #.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the following format for the entries:</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Search term;Alternative entry;1st key;2nd key;Match case;Word only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The entries "Match case" and "Word only" are interpreted as "No" or FALSE if they are empty or zero (0). All other contents are interpreted as "Yes" or TRUE.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Example</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, to include the word "Boston" in your alphabetical index under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0 </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This also finds "Boston" if it is written in lowercase letters.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To include the "Beacon Hill" district in Boston under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities;</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X���Z� � text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Numbering</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="numerierung"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp">Numbering</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/OutlineNumberingPage" id="bm_id3150280"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#kapitelnumerierung1"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/level" id="bm_id3154508"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/level">Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.</ahelp> To apply the numbering options, except for the paragraph style, to all of the levels, click "1-10".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the formatting for the select outline level.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/style" id="bm_id3153716"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/style">Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp> If you click "None", the selected outline level is not defined.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering" id="bm_id3150766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering">Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Selection</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Description</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A, B, C, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Capital letters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">a, b, c, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Lowercase letters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">I, II, III, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Roman numerals (upper)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">i, ii, iii, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Roman numerals (lower)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">1, 2, 3, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arabic numerals</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A,... AA,... AAA,...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Alphabetical numbering with identical capital letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the second number in level three is "BBB".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">a,... aa,... aaa,...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is "cc".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">None</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">No numbering symbol. Only the character or symbol defined in the <emph>Separator</emph> fields appears at the beginning of the numbered line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/charstyle" id="bm_id3147218"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/charstyle">Select the format of the numbering character.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf" id="bm_id3149042"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show sublevels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf">Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select "3" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/prefix" id="bm_id3155136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Separator Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type "Chapter " to display "Chapter 1".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix" id="bm_id3153352"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Separator After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display "1."</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/startat" id="bm_id3149175"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/startat">Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�Xx�Ob# b# text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Contour Editor</title><filename>/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/FloatingContour" id="bm_id3151318"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ContourDialog" id="bm_id3154564"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Contour Editor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ContourDialog">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/container" id="bm_id3155903"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/container">Displays a preview of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#kontureditor"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY" id="bm_id3155178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/nu01.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Apply</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE" id="bm_id3147102"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Workspace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/cd02.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Workspace</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT" id="bm_id3149181"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Select</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT" id="bm_id3150690"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rectangle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_rect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Rectangle</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE" id="bm_id3150552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ellipse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_ellipse.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Ellipse</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY" id="bm_id3154769"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Polygon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_polygon.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Polygon</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT" id="bm_id3156106"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Edit Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE" id="bm_id3150919"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_beziermove.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT" id="bm_id3150097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE" id="bm_id3154618"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR" id="bm_id3149960"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Auto Contour</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/cd025.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">AutoContour</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO" id="bm_id3148716"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Undo</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO">Reverses the last action.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/cd020.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Undo</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO" id="bm_id3154213"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Redo</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_redo.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Redo</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE" id="bm_id3145092"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color Replacer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sd/res/pipette.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Color Replacer</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/spinbutton" id="bm_id3154729"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tolerance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X���m� � text/swriter/main0115.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Styles</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0115.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="styles"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatStylesMenu" id="bm_id1366008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0115.xhp">Styles</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Contains commands to set, create, edit, update, load, and manage styles in a text document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the current paragraph or selected paragraphs to the default style.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X����� � text/swriter/main0202.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formatting Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0202.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="objektleisteeingabemodus"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_TEXT_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154281"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0202.xhp">Formatting Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEXT_TOOLBOX">The Formatting bar contains several text formatting functions.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/01230000.xhp#stylist"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01230000.xhp#systylist"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#benvor"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#sylistenfeld"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#schriftart"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#syschriftart"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#schriftgroesse"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#syschriftgroesse"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110100.xhp#fett"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syfett"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110200.xhp#kursiv"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sykursiv"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110300.xhp#unter"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syunterstreichen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080100.xhp#links"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sylinksbuendig"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp#zentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syzentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080200.xhp#rechts"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syrechtsbuendig"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080400.xhp#block"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syblocksatz"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#numerierung"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#synumerierung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06120000.xhp#aufzaehlung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/06120000.xhp#syaufzaehlung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02130000.xhp#einzvermindern"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02130000.xhp#syeinzvermindern"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02140000.xhp#einzerhoehen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02140000.xhp#syeinzerhoehen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp">Font Color</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#textfarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sytxtfarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp#zeichenhintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp#syzeichenhintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#absatzhintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#syabsatzhintergrund"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Additional icons</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Grow" id="bm_id0122200902451213"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Increase Font</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Increases the font size of the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Shrink" id="bm_id0122200902452932"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reduce Font</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Reduces the font size of the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ctl">CTL</link> support is enabled, two additional icons are visible.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaLeftToRight" id="bm_id2946959"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaLeftToRight" id="bm_id3149957"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Left-To-Right</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="cmd/sc_paralefttoright.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ParaLeftToRight">The text is entered from left to right.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaRightToLeft" id="bm_id25480"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaRightToLeft" id="bm_id3147311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Right-To-Left</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="cmd/sc_pararighttoleft.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ParaRightToLeft">The text formatted in a complex text layout language is entered from right to left.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�T�;� � text/swriter/main0000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Welcome to the $[officename] Writer Help</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_EDIT_WIN" id="bm_id3147244"/><bookmark branch="hid/HID_GLOBAL_FALLBACK" id="bm_id3147247"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Writer Help</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Working With %PRODUCTNAME Writer</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/main0503.xhp#main0503"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#main"/><embed href="text/schart/main0000.xhp#chart_main"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Menus, Toolbars, and Keys</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/main0100.xhp#main0100"/><embed href="text/swriter/main0200.xhp#main0200"/><embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Getting Help</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/05/00000100.xhp#neuehilfe"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000120.xhp#00000120"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp#00000130"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp#00000140"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp#doc_title"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp#doc_title"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000001.xhp#00000001"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��q�� � text/swriter/main0103.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0103.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="view"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ViewMenu" id="bm_id7882320"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0103.xhp">View</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This menu contains commands for controlling the on-screen display of the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp">Normal</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp#normal_layout_text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp">Web</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp#web_layout_text"/><embed href="text/shared/02/19090000.xhp#htmlsource"/><embed href="text/shared/01/03990000.xhp#toolbars"/><embed href="text/shared/01/03060000.xhp#status_bar"/><embed href="text/shared/01/03040000.xhp#input_method_status"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp#rulers"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scrollbars</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Show or hide the horizontal and vertical scroll bars that are used to change the viewable area of a document that doesn't fit within the window.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hide Whitespace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">View documents with the white space found at the end and beginning of pages hidden.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp#text_boundaries"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table Boundaries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows or hides the borders of table cells that have no set borders. The boundaries are only visible on screen and are not printed.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Images and Charts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Show or hide graphical objects like images and charts within a document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Show or hide a document's comments and replies to them.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp#nonprinting_chars"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp#field_shadings"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp#field_names"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp#hidden_paragraphs"/><embed href="text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp#sidebar"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#styles_and_formatting"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp">Clip Art Gallery</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp#media_gallery_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#navigator"/><embed href="text/shared/01/04180100.xhp#data_sources"/><embed href="text/shared/01/03110000.xhp#full_screen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp">Zoom</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp#zoom_text"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�Ԑ
�
text/swriter/main0104.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0104.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="insert"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMenu" id="bm_id2305978"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0104.xhp">Insert</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Insert menu contains commands for inserting new elements in your document. This includes images, media, charts, objects from other applications, hyperlink, comments, symbols, footnotes, and sections.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page Break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPagebreak">Inserts a manual page break at the current cursor position and places the cursor at the beginning of the next page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp">Manual Break</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#manual_break_text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp">Image</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp#image_text"/><embed href="text/shared/01/04990000.xhp#media_submenu"/><embed href="text/shared/menu/insert_chart.xhp#chart"/><embed href="text/shared/01/04150000.xhp#object_submenu"/><embed href="text/shared/menu/insert_shape.xhp#shape_submenu"/><embed href="text/shared/02/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#textbox_title">Textbox</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#textbox_text"/><embed href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp#comment"/><embed href="text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp#frame_submenu"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#caption"/><embed href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp#hyperlink"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp">Bookmark</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#bookmark_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#cross_references"/><embed href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp#special_char"/><embed href="text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp#formatting_mark"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Horizontal Line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts a horizontal line at the current cursor position.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp#footnote_and_endnote_submenu"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#table_of_context_index_submenu"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#seitennummer"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp#fields"/><embed href="text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhp#header_and_footer_submenu"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">Section</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereich"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp">Envelope</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#briefum"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp">Document</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#datei"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp">Script</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#scripttext"/><embed href="text/shared/menu/insert_form_control.xhp#form_control_submenu"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�� p: : text/swriter/main0102.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0102.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="edit"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditMenu" id="bm_id8177739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0102.xhp">Edit</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This menu contains commands for editing the contents of the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/02010000.xhp#undo"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02020000.xhp#redo"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02030000.xhp#repeat"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02040000.xhp#cut"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02050000.xhp#copy"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02060000.xhp#paste"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp#paste_special"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02090000.xhp#select_all"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp#selection_mode"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp">Select Text</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp#selecttext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp">Direct Cursor Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows a user to click at the beginning, middle, or end of any possible text line on a page and then begin typing.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp#find"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#find_and_replace"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Go to Page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <emph>Navigator</emph> window on the <emph>Page Number</emph> spin button, so you can enter in a page number.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp#track_changes"/><embed href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp#hyperlink"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp">Footnote or Endnote</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#footnote_endnote_text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp">Index Entry</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#index_entry_text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp">Bibliography Entry</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#bibliography_entry_text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp">Fields</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#fields_text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp">Links</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp#links_text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">ImageMap</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp#imagemaptext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/02200000.xhp">Object</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/02200000.xhp#object_text"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#exchange_database"/><embed href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp#edit_mode"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�3% text/swriter/main0106.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tools</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0106.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tools"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToolsMenu" id="bm_id8101443"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0106.xhp">Tools</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Contains spelling tools, a gallery of object art that you can add to your document, as well as tools for configuring menus, and setting program preferences.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/06990000.xhp#rechtschreibung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06010500.xhp#language"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp#wordcount"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp">Outline Numbering</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#kapnum"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp">Line Numbering</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#zeinum"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp">Footnotes</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp#fnoten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp#litdat"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp#litdattext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#mailmerge"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp">Sort</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#sort"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp#berechnen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp#aktualisieren"/><embed href="text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp#mediaplayer"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06130001.xhp#macro"/><embed href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp#packagemanager"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06150000.xhp#xmlfilter"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect Options</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp#autoko"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#autotext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp">Customize</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp#anpassen"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp#optionen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X��F
text/swriter/main0216.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>OLE-Object Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0216.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="objektleistestarchart"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_OLE_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3150736"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0216.xhp">OLE-Object Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_OLE_TOOLBOX">The<emph> OLE-Object </emph>bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#benvor"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp#sylistenfeld"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">No Wrap</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#keinumlauftext"/> You can also choose this setting on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sykeinumlauf"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">Wrap</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#seitenumlauftext"/> This icon corresponds to the <emph>Page Wrap</emph> option on the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#syumlauf"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">Wrap Through</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#durchlauftext"/> You can also achieve the same effect through the <emph>Wrap</emph> tab page.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#sydurchlauf"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#links"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sylinks"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp#zentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syazentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070300.xhp#rechts"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syrechts"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070400.xhp#oben"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syoben"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp#mitte"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#symitte"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070600.xhp#unten"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syunten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#syumrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#linienstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#sylinienstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#linienfarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#sylinienfarbe"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp">Object Properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp#objekttext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syeigenschaftenobjekt"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#ganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp#ganznachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syganznachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerungtext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syverankerung"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�D��} } text/swriter/main0213.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Rulers</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0213.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="lineal"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0213.xhp">Rulers</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Rulers display the dimensions of the page, and the position of tabs, indents, borders and columns. You can modify all of these on the rulers using the mouse.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog and assign <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung">direct paragraph formatting</link> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/13010000.xhp#tabulator"/><embed href="text/shared/02/13020000.xhp#ers"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XH�� text/swriter/main0503.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>$[officename] Writer Features</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0503.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="waskann"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="main0503"><link href="text/swriter/main0503.xhp">$[officename] Writer Features</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Writing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">faxes</link>, letters , resumes and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">spellchecker</link>, a <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp">thesaurus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link>, and <link href="text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp">hyphenation</link> as well as a variety of templates for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Designing and Structuring</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] offers a wide variety of options to design documents. Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting window</link> to create, assign and modify styles for paragraphs, individual characters, frames and pages. In addition, the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> helps you to quickly move around inside your documents, lets you look at your document in an outline view, and keeps track of the objects that you have inserted into your document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also create various <link href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp">indexes and tables</link> in text documents. You can define the structure and appearance of the indexes and tables according to your individual needs. Live hyperlinks and bookmarks let you jump directly to the corresponding items in the text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Desktop Publishing with $[officename] Writer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, <link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp">text frames</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp">graphics</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp">tables</link>, and other objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Calculations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Text documents in $[officename] have an integrated <link href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp">calculation function</link> that helps you execute sophisticated calculations or logical links. You can easily create a table in a text document in order to perform calculations.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating Drawings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The $[officename] Writer <link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp">drawing tool</link> lets you create drawings, graphics, legends, and other types of drawings directly in text documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting Graphics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert pictures with <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">different formats</link> into a text document, including graphics with a JPG or GIF format. In addition, the <link href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp">Gallery</link> provides a collection of clipart graphics, and the <link href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp">Fontwork Gallery</link> creates stunning font effects.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Flexible Application Interface</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customizing icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles and Formatting window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also <link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp">dock</link> some windows to the edge of the workspace.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Drag&Drop</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp">drag-and-drop</link> feature enables you to work quickly and efficiently with text documents in $[officename]. For example, you can drag-and-drop objects, such as graphics from the Gallery, from one location to another in the same document, or between open $[officename] documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help Functions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the <link href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp">Help system</link> as a complete reference for $[officename] applications, including <link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp">instructions</link> for simple and complex tasks.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X �a�H H text/swriter/main0200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Toolbars</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="symbolleisten"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="main0200"><link href="text/swriter/main0200.xhp">Toolbars</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This section provides an overview of the toolbars available in $[officename] Writer. <embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#symbolleistenneu"/>
</paragraph></section><sort order="asc"><section id="Section1"><embed href="text/shared/main0201.xhp#funktionsleiste"/></section><section id="Section2"><embed href="text/swriter/main0202.xhp#objektleisteeingabemodus"/></section><section id="Section33"><embed href="text/simpress/main0210.xhp#werkzeugleiste"/></section><section id="Section3"><embed href="text/swriter/main0203.xhp#objektleistegrafik"/></section><section id="Section4"><embed href="text/swriter/main0215.xhp#objektleisterahmen"/></section><section id="Section5"><embed href="text/swriter/main0216.xhp#objektleistestarchart"/></section><section id="Section6"><embed href="text/swriter/main0204.xhp#objektleistetabellen"/></section><section id="Section7"><embed href="text/swriter/main0205.xhp#objektleistezeichnung"/></section><section id="Section8"><embed href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp#objektleistenum"/></section><section id="Section9"><embed href="text/swriter/main0220.xhp#beitextcursorinobjekt"/></section><section id="Section11"><embed href="text/swriter/main0208.xhp#status"/></section><section id="Section14"><embed href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp#seitenansicht"/></section><section id="Section15"><embed href="text/shared/main0212.xhp#datenbank"/></section><section id="Section17"><embed href="text/swriter/main0213.xhp#lineal"/></section><section id="Section18"><embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#rechen"/></section><section id="Section10"><embed href="text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#einfuegen"/></section><section id="Section11"><embed href="text/swriter/classificationbar.xhp#toolbar"/></section></sort></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�XS:'�� � text/swriter/main0220.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Object Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0220.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="beitextcursorinobjekt"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_DRAW_TEXT_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3155376"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0220.xhp">Text Object Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DRAW_TEXT_TOOLBOX">Contains formatting commands for text that is contained in a draw object.</ahelp> The <emph>Text Object</emph> bar appears when you double-click inside a draw object.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#schriftart"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#syschriftart"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#schriftgroesse"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#syschriftgroesse"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110100.xhp#fett"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syfett"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110200.xhp#kursiv"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sykursiv"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110300.xhp#unter"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syunterstreichen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp">Superscript</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#hochtext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syhochstellen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp">Subscript</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#tieftext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sytiefstellen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080100.xhp#links"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sylinksbuendig"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp#zentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syzentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080200.xhp#rechts"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syrechtsbuendig"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080400.xhp#block"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syblocksatz"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02040000.xhp#textlire"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02040000.xhp#sytextlire"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02050000.xhp#textobun"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02050000.xhp#sytextobun"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/02090000.xhp">Select All</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/02090000.xhp#allestext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#syallesau"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020000.xhp">Character</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020000.xhp#zeichentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#syzeich"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp">Paragraph</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here you can define the indents, spacing, alignment and line spacing for the paragraph currently selected.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#syabsatz"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
5w�X text/swriter/04/PK
5w�X@��Uz� z� text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Shortcut Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer</title><filename>/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="starwritertastaturbefehle"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145763"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_keys"><link href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp">Shortcut Keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use shortcut keys to quickly perform common tasks in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>. This section lists the default shortcut keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also use the <link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">general shortcut keys in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Function Keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Formula Bar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Insert Fields</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F3</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Complete AutoText</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F3</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Edit AutoText</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Open Data Source View</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select next frame</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F5</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Navigator on/off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F5</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Navigator on, go to page number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F7</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Spellcheck</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Thesaurus</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F8</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Extension mode</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F8</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Field shadings on / off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F8</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Additional selection mode</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Ctrl+Shift+F8</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Block selection mode</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F9</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Update fields</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Show fields</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F9</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Calculate Table</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F9</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Update Input Fields and Input Lists</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F10</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Nonprinting Characters on/off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Styles and Formatting window on/off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F11</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Create Style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F11</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Sets focus to Apply Style box</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F11</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Update Style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F12</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Numbering on</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F12</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Insert or edit Table</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F12</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Bullets on</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F12</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Numbering / Bullets off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut Keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select All</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+J</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Justify</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+D</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Double Underline</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+E</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Centered</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+H</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Find and Replace</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Superscript</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+L</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Align Left</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+R</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Align Right</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Subscript</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Shift+Z</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Y</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Redo last action</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+0 (zero)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Apply Text Body paragraph style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 1 paragraph style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 2 paragraph style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+3</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 3 paragraph style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 4 paragraph style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+5</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Apply Heading 5 paragraph style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Plus Key(+)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Calculates the selected text and copies the result to the clipboard.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Soft hyphens; hyphenation set by you.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+minus sign (-)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Non-breaking hyphen (is not used for hyphenation)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+multiplication sign * (only on number pad)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Run macro field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Space</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Non-breaking spaces. Non-breaking spaces are not used for hyphenation and are not expanded if the text is justified.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Line break without paragraph change</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Manual page break</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Column break in multicolumnar texts</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserting a new paragraph without numbering inside a list. Does not work when the cursor is at the end of the list.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserting a new paragraph directly before or after a section, or before a table.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arrow Left</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move cursor to left</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Arrow Left</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move cursor with selection to the left</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Left</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go to beginning of word</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Left</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selecting to the left word by word</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arrow Right</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move cursor to right</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Arrow Right</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move cursor with selection to the right</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Right</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go to start of next word</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Right</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selecting to the right word by word</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arrow Up</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move cursor up one line</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Arrow Up</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selecting lines in an upwards direction</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Ctrl+Arrow Up</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move cursor to beginning of the previous paragraph</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Up</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select to beginning of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to beginning of previous paragraph</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arrow Down</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move cursor down one line</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Arrow Down</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selecting lines in a downward direction</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Down</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move cursor to beginning of next paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Down</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select to end of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to end of next paragraph</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Left
</caseinline><defaultinline>Home</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go to beginning of line</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Left
</caseinline><defaultinline>Home</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go and select to the beginning of a line</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Right
</caseinline><defaultinline>End</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go to end of line</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Right
</caseinline><defaultinline>End</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go and select to end of line</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Up
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Home</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go to start of document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Up
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Home</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go and select text to start of document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Down
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+End</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go to end of document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Arrow Down
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+End</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Go and select text to end of document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+PageUp</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Switch cursor between text and header</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+PageDown</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Switch cursor between text and footer</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Insert</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Insert mode on/off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">PageUp</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Screen page up</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+PageUp</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move up screen page with selection</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">PageDown</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move down screen page</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+PageDown</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move down screen page with selection</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Fn+Backspace
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Del</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Delete text to end of word</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Backspace</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Delete text to beginning of word</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In a list: delete an empty paragraph in front of the current paragraph</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Fn+Backspace
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Del</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Delete text to end of sentence</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Backspace</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Delete text to beginning of sentence</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Next suggestion with <link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Automatic Word Completion</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use previous suggestion with <link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Automatic Word Completion</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+V</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Paste the contents of the clipboard as unformatted text.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + double-click or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F10</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use this combination to quickly dock or undock the Navigator, Styles and Formatting window, or other windows</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150396"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut Keys for Paragraphs and Heading Levels</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move the active paragraph or selected paragraphs up one paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move the active paragraph or selected paragraphs down one paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The heading in format "Heading X" (X = 1-9) is moved down one level in the outline.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The heading in format "Heading X" (X = 2-10) is moved up one level in the outline.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155395"/><paragraph role="tablecontent">At the start of a heading: Inserts a tab stop. Depending on the Window Manager in use, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab may be used instead.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">To change the heading level with the keyboard, first position the cursor in front of the heading.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut Keys for Tables in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If the active cell is empty: selects the whole table. Otherwise: selects the contents of the active cell. Pressing again selects the entire table.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Home</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If the active cell is empty: goes to the beginning of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to beginning of the active cell, second press goes to beginning of the current table, third press goes to beginning of document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+End</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If the active cell is empty: goes to the end of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to the end of the active cell, second press goes to the end of the current table, third press goes to the end of the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a tab stop (only in tables). Depending on the Window Manager in use, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab may be used instead.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Increases/decreases the size of the column/row on the right/bottom cell edge</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Increase/decrease the size of the column/row on the left/top cell edge</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Like <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, but only the active cell is modified</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Like <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, but only the active cell is modified</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">3 seconds in Insert mode, Arrow Key inserts row/column, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Key inserts cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">3 seconds in Delete mode, Arrow key deletes row/column, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key merges cell with neighboring cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155593"/><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Removes cell protection from all selected tables. If no table is selected, then cell protection is removed from all of the tables in the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If no whole cell is selected, the text from the cursor to the end of the current sentence is deleted. If the cursor is at the end of a cell, and no whole cell is selected, the contents of the next cell are deleted. </paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">If no whole cell is selected and the cursor is at the end of the table, the paragraph following the table will be deleted, unless it is the last paragraph in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">If one or more cells are selected, the whole rows containing the selection will be deleted. If all rows are selected completely or partially, the entire table will be deleted.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut Keys for Moving and Resizing Frames, Graphics and Objects</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Esc</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Cursor is inside a text frame and no text is selected: Escape selects the text frame.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text frame is selected: Escape clears the cursor from the text frame.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F2 or Enter or any key that produces a character on screen</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If a text frame is selected: positions the cursor to the end of the text in the text frame. If you press any key that produces a character on screen, and the document is in edit mode, the character is appended to the text.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Resizes by moving lower right corner.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Resizes by moving top left corner.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the anchor of an object (in Edit Points mode).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#text_nav_keyb"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�qD� text/swriter/main0107.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Window</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0107.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="window"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WindowList" id="bm_id8532513"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WindowList" id="bm_id3147259"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0107.xhp">Window</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:WindowList" visibility="visible">Contains commands for manipulating and displaying document windows.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/07010000.xhp#neuesfenster"/><embed href="text/shared/02/10100000.xhp#schliessen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/07080000.xhp#dokumentliste"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X�CM�* * text/swriter/main0205.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Drawing Object Properties Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0205.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="objektleistezeichnung"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_DRAW_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3147568"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0205.xhp">Drawing Object Properties Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DRAW_TOOLBOX">You can see the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> bar in Writer and Calc. Select the menu View - Toolbars - Drawing Object Properties. The controls are enabled when a drawing object is selected. You see some different icons by default, whether the current document is a text document or a spreadsheet.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05200000.xhp#linie"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sylinie"/><embed href="text/shared/02/05020000.xhp#linienendenstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/05020000.xhp#sylinienendenstil"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Style</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp#stiltext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sylistil"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Width</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp#breitetext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sylibreite"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Color</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp#farbetext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sylifarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05210000.xhp#flaeche"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syflaeche"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp">Area Style/Filling</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#sytext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syflaechenstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp#drehen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp#sydrehen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerungtext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syverankerung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250500.xhp#indenvordergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syvordergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250600.xhp#indenhintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syhintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#ganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp#ganznachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syganznachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/05110000.xhp#ausrichten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/05110000.xhp#syausrichten"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�Xd�E�� � text/swriter/main0204.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Bar</title><filename>/text/swriter/main0204.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="objektleistetabellen"><bookmark branch="hid/HID_TABLE_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154243"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/main0204.xhp">Table Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABLE_TOOLBOX">The <emph>Table </emph>Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#inserttable"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytabelle"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#linienstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#sylinienstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#linienfarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#sylinienfarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#syumrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#absatzhintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#syabsatzhintergrund"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp">Merge Cells</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#verbindentext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#syzellenverbinden"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp#zellenteilen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp#syzellenteilen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp#optimieren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp#syoptimieren"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100500.xhp#oben"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp#mitte"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100700.xhp#unten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#zeileeinfuegen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#syzeileeinfuegen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#spalteeinfuegen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#syspalteeinfuegen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp">Delete Row</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#loeschentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syzeileloeschen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp">Delete Column</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#loeschentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syspalteloeschen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp">AutoFormat</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#autoformattabelle"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp">Table Properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp#tabelletext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp">Sort</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#sort"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#summe"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#sysumme"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
6w�X
�A text/swriter/PK
6w�X��&$ $ ��+ text/swriter/main0110.xhpPK
5w�X �A� text/swriter/02/PK
5w�X{Li ��� text/swriter/02/10030000.xhpPK
5w�X��� �� text/swriter/02/06070000.xhpPK
5w�X���� � ��H text/swriter/02/18120000.xhpPK
5w�X?%�N� � ��Y" text/swriter/02/18030100.xhpPK
5w�X�?P� � ��O' text/swriter/02/10090000.xhpPK
5w�X��� ��b* text/swriter/02/10020000.xhpPK
5w�X}-�� � ���- text/swriter/02/03210000.xhpPK
5w�Xy�_ۜ � ���1 text/swriter/02/06040000.xhpPK
5w�X �NǺ � ���5 text/swriter/02/14010000.xhpPK
5w�X��
� � ��x7 text/swriter/02/04220000.xhpPK
5w�X��X�� � ��Q; text/swriter/02/14040000.xhpPK
5w�X�wQ� � ��? text/swriter/02/10050000.xhpPK
5w�X ���� � �� C text/swriter/02/04240000.xhpPK
5w�X�/�� � ���F text/swriter/02/10080000.xhpPK
5w�X��� � ��K text/swriter/02/06090000.xhpPK
5w�X�jsk ���N text/swriter/02/14030000.xhpPK
5w�X�YV5 5 ��>R text/swriter/02/10010000.xhpPK
5w�X�h��� � ���U text/swriter/02/18030400.xhpPK
5w�X�|� ���Z text/swriter/02/06080000.xhpPK
5w�X�Y�x= = ���^ text/swriter/02/18030300.xhpPK
5w�XK�̌a a ��jd text/swriter/02/18010000.xhpPK
5w�X{���o o ��x text/swriter/02/04090000.xhpPK
5w�X�k� � ���| text/swriter/02/02110000.xhpPK
5w�X' ?�� � ��m� text/swriter/02/08080000.xhpPK
5w�X!4�*� � ���� text/swriter/02/18030600.xhpPK
5w�Xs�� � ��d� text/swriter/02/04250000.xhpPK
5w�X� =U� � ���� text/swriter/02/18030000.xhpPK
5w�X5�a�
���� text/swriter/02/18030700.xhpPK
5w�Xy��� � ��ݜ text/swriter/02/06120000.xhpPK
5w�X#c�a a ��� text/swriter/02/08010000.xhpPK
5w�X���( ( ���� text/swriter/02/19030000.xhpPK
5w�Xi~�K K ��� text/swriter/02/19010000.xhpPK
5w�XFb˚�E �E ���� text/swriter/02/14020000.xhpPK
5w�X�T��� � ��S� text/swriter/02/18030500.xhpPK
5w�X\F� � ��i� text/swriter/02/06140000.xhpPK
5w�X�ޣ � ��o text/swriter/02/14050000.xhpPK
5w�X�D@�� � ��L text/swriter/02/04100000.xhpPK
5w�X��� ��: text/swriter/02/19040000.xhpPK
5w�X ��� � " ��� text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhpPK
5w�X�(4W� � ��& text/swriter/02/19050000.xhpPK
5w�X��� � ��� text/swriter/02/10110000.xhpPK
5w�X꺴�, , ���- text/swriter/02/18030200.xhpPK
5w�X�6|� � ��^3 text/swriter/02/03220000.xhpPK
5w�X�Kq�� � ��e7 text/swriter/02/18130000.xhpPK
5w�Xeu��� � ���@ text/swriter/02/04230000.xhpPK
5w�X�1�B ���D text/swriter/02/06130000.xhpPK
5w�XV���K K ���H text/swriter/02/19020000.xhpPK
5w�X'�� � ��bK text/swriter/02/10070000.xhpPK
6w�XJ�c ��qS text/swriter/main0203.xhpPK
6w�X��j�� � ���Y text/swriter/main0105.xhpPK
6w�X�Od d ��mc text/swriter/main0101.xhpPK
6w�X���yb b ��j text/swriter/main0208.xhpPK
6w�X�Ńp� � ���s text/swriter/main0215.xhpPK
6w�X"�(�M" M" " ���� text/swriter/classificationbar.xhpPK
6w�X�B�� � ��&� text/swriter/main0100.xhpPK
6w�X�#�^� � ��C� text/swriter/main0214.xhpPK
6w�X��*� � ��0� text/swriter/main0206.xhpPK
6w�X�TՄ � ���� text/swriter/main0210.xhpPK
5w�X �A�� text/swriter/00/PK
5w�Xa��� � ��� text/swriter/00/00000402.xhpPK
5w�XUp�/� � ���� text/swriter/00/00000401.xhpPK
5w�XnB�`
��/� text/swriter/00/00000406.xhpPK
5w�X��(��5 �5 ���� text/swriter/00/00000404.xhpPK
5w�X)h�1< 1< ��� text/swriter/00/00000405.xhpPK
5w�X�q�� ��L text/swriter/00/00000403.xhpPK
5w�XF�9x� � ��IU text/swriter/00/00000004.xhpPK
6w�X �A{[ text/swriter/guide/PK
5w�X2��' ' % ���[ text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhpPK
5w�X5��
$ ��l text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhpPK
6w�Xj�1%f f % ��eq text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhpPK
6w�X�$*e e * ��� text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhpPK
5w�X~u�
$ ���� text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhpPK
5w�Xa��: : ��|� text/swriter/guide/captions.xhpPK
5w�X�7 �� � # ��� text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhpPK
6w�XQI$1� � # ���� text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhpPK
6w�XL�� � % ���� text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhpPK
6w�X�$Ⱥ� � " ��g� text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhpPK
6w�X:<h&� � " ���� text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhpPK
5w�X�C��l l & ��g� text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhpPK
6w�X��t�s s " ��� text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhpPK
5w�X&���O
O
$ ���� text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhpPK
6w�X����� � ��[� text/swriter/guide/sections.xhpPK
5w�X�f�( ' �� � text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhpPK
6w�X�ܻ�� � % ��k text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhpPK
6w�X�J��� � # ��f text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhpPK
6w�Xث[1 ��7& text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhpPK
6w�X���� � ���2 text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhpPK
5w�X#�' ' & ��Q> text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhpPK
6w�X�F&h$ $ * ���G text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhpPK
6w�Xi(/\ ! ��(P text/swriter/guide/references.xhpPK
6w�X�]� � & ��{e text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhpPK
6w�X��iM M ��Zk text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhpPK
6w�X����� � % ���r text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhpPK
6w�X �b� � " ���x text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhpPK
6w�X�*h� � $ ��� text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhpPK
6w�X�g7?� � " ���� text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhpPK
6w�X�X��� � & ��� text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhpPK
6w�Xy��� � ��� text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhpPK
6w�XQLƳ # �� � text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhpPK
6w�X ��i5 5 & ��Y� text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhpPK
5w�X ��a a ��� text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhpPK
6w�X���}� � # ��p� text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhpPK
6w�X�[탂 � # ���� text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhpPK
6w�X>2 � � % ��g� text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhpPK
5w�X��J4' ' ' ��5� text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhpPK
6w�X��Y � � ���� text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhpPK
6w�X��� � # ��y� text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhpPK
5w�X�/%Z Z " ��{ text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhpPK
6w�X-M�� � & �� text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhpPK
6w�XGѢ�� � & ��J text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhpPK
5w�XA�9�{ { ' ��v% text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhpPK
6w�X.��MW W ' ��6- text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhpPK
6w�X��2�� � & ���9 text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhpPK
6w�X�O:F� � ! ���L text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhpPK
5w�X��< ���S text/swriter/guide/fields.xhpPK
6w�X]�� � # ��3e text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhpPK
6w�X��aD D ' ��5k text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhpPK
5w�X� K K # ���q text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhpPK
6w�X���� � ) ��Jx text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhpPK
5w�X���{ { ' ��T� text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhpPK
5w�X���� � ( ��� text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhpPK
6w�X�ア�" �" ! ��I� text/swriter/guide/protection.xhpPK
6w�X��
& ��[� text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhpPK
5w�Xn`��� � * ���� text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhpPK
5w�X���� � % ���� text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhpPK
6w�X��?� � " ���� text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhpPK
5w�X =�C� � " ��� text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhpPK
6w�X`�^�� � ' �� � text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhpPK
6w�X��� % ��� text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhpPK
5w�X�x�X`
`
��Q
text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhpPK
6w�X �?�~ ~ & ��� text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhpPK
6w�X��$�
% ���" text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhpPK
6w�X�J�
# ��0 text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhpPK
6w�X�[��h h - ��J= text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhpPK
6w�X�?�� � ( ���B text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhpPK
6w�X�l;��6 �6 ���L text/swriter/guide/main.xhpPK
6w�XTb��� � # ��ƃ text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhpPK
5w�X��W�� � & ���� text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhpPK
6w�X*b�>� � $ ��y� text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhpPK
5w�X��� � ��|� text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhpPK
5w�X�mm�< < ���� text/swriter/guide/borders.xhpPK
6w�X�,u! ! ! ��*� text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhpPK
5w�XE�u2� � ' ���� text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhpPK
5w�XڟO�
( ���� text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhpPK
6w�Xb��� � ��� text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhpPK
5w�X�.4F� � ( ���
text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhpPK
6w�X �@!
!
$ ��� text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhpPK
6w�Xl�
�� � ' �� text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhpPK
6w�X��-�� � , ��=% text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhpPK
6w�X ?�� % ��_+ text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhpPK
6w�X��/�
�
& ���> text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhpPK
6w�X����! ! % ���I text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhpPK
5w�X�xeE E ' ���M text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhpPK
6w�X~P$�Z Z - ��vV text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhpPK
5w�X�Wc + ��\ text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhpPK
5w�Xle/
� � ! ��dc text/swriter/guide/background.xhpPK
6w�X�'��� � , ��Qr text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhpPK
5w�XPV�� � $ ���z text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhpPK
6w�X�)�B ) ���� text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhpPK
5w�X��� � & ���� text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhpPK
5w�X�(�ҕ
�
( ��ғ text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhpPK
6w�X�� � � ! ���� text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhpPK
6w�XiN��. . - ���� text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhpPK
6w�X x��4 4 ( ��,� text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhpPK
6w�X�a�� � * ���� text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhpPK
6w�X7���' ' $ ���� text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhpPK
6w�X#Wk � � # ��H� text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhpPK
5w�X� �JD
D
' ��
� text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhpPK
5w�XU��� ( ���� text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhpPK
6w�X:D, , % ���� text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhpPK
6w�X:{Xm� � ) ��[� text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhpPK
6w�XG��: : / ��g text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhpPK
6w�X؏�J= = . ��� text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhpPK
5w�XJ���
�
' ��w text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhpPK
6w�X�y�7V V + ��i text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhpPK
5w�X(DAN N ) ��( text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhpPK
6w�X]�آ} } ( ���1 text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhpPK
6w�X�8X� � ! ��`7 text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhpPK
6w�X=�# � � ) ��UG text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhpPK
6w�X� Ew5 5 & ���O text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhpPK
6w�X��:� � # ��a text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhpPK
5w�X�N�C C # ���i text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhpPK
6w�XC� ��ao text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhpPK
6w�XXxL L ���u text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhpPK
6w�X+o,ڣ
�
$ ��@~ text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhpPK
6w�XYﻐ � + ��%� text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhpPK
6w�X�<J� " ���� text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhpPK
6w�X�]� � # ��W� text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhpPK
6w�XvCe�! ! & ���� text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhpPK
5w�X�O��: : ( ���� text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhpPK
5w�X5���� � " ��d� text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhpPK
6w�X�r $ & ��W� text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhpPK
5w�Xko� ( ���� text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhpPK
5w�X���4� � �� text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhpPK
5w�X�甝�
�
$ ��* text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhpPK
6w�XZEh�� � % ��< text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhpPK
6w�X��4� ��y text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhpPK
5w�XZ��NN N ���+ text/swriter/guide/finding.xhpPK
6w�X��Y� � ) ��_J text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhpPK
6w�X]r�\� � ' ���V text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhpPK
5w�X��A*1
1
* ��l_ text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhpPK
6w�Xf/�"' ' 4 ���l text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhpPK
6w�X� � ' ��^r text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhpPK
6w�X �A�z text/swriter/librelogo/PK
6w�XH�{2� 2� $ ���z text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhpPK
6w�X �Ag text/swriter/menu/PK
6w�X��G
� � * ��� text/swriter/menu/insert_header_footer.xhpPK
6w�XM'�%� � " ��� text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhpPK
6w�XB�� � - ��� text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhpPK
5w�X �A� text/swriter/01/PK
5w�X~�(� � ��! text/swriter/01/05130000.xhpPK
5w�Xη�ۼ � ��I0 text/swriter/01/04120210.xhpPK
5w�XJ}���C �C ��?9 text/swriter/01/04090200.xhpPK
5w�Xa�M� � ���| text/swriter/01/05040700.xhpPK
5w�X��<� � ���� text/swriter/01/06110000.xhpPK
5w�X�Sm�� � ��ʘ text/swriter/01/05090201.xhpPK
5w�X7��� ��� text/swriter/01/05060900.xhpPK
5w�X��� � ��A� text/swriter/01/06060000.xhpPK
5w�XI��� � ��6� text/swriter/01/05060800.xhpPK
5w�Xr<�� � ��]� text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhpPK
5w�X���Lt t ��w� text/swriter/01/02110100.xhpPK
5w�XuF B�& �& ��%� text/swriter/01/04090005.xhpPK
5w�X�~Ӊ� � ! �� $
text/swriter/01/format_object.xhpPK
5w�XL���
�
���(
text/swriter/01/05090200.xhpPK
5w�X�|�� ���6
text/swriter/01/04060000.xhpPK
5w�X�� � ��(E
text/swriter/01/06220000.xhpPK
5w�X�Ko�T T ��H
text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhpPK
5w�X����� � ���L
text/swriter/01/05120200.xhpPK
5w�X�Im�Y Y ���P
text/swriter/01/05100400.xhpPK
5w�XY��i i ��YV
text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhpPK
5w�X�4��� � �� ]
text/swriter/01/05090300.xhpPK
5w�X_ �h� � ��v
text/swriter/01/03130000.xhpPK
5w�X��~ ���x
text/swriter/01/06040000.xhpPK
5w�X+��x� � ��)}
text/swriter/01/05120300.xhpPK
5w�X}�Q 3 3 ���
text/swriter/01/02150000.xhpPK
5w�X�m�v v " ��|�
text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhpPK
5w�X��Kt! t! ��2�
text/swriter/01/05060700.xhpPK
5w�X�Z�qI I ���
text/swriter/01/01160400.xhpPK
5w�X��4�A A ��c�
text/swriter/01/06170000.xhpPK
5w�Xd�ʍ ��
text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhpPK
5w�X a�@q q ��<�
text/swriter/01/04090100.xhpPK
5w�XG�) ) ����
text/swriter/01/04120226.xhpPK
5w�X��۵|- |- ��J�
text/swriter/01/02120000.xhpPK
5w�Xݱ�m_% _% �� text/swriter/01/06080100.xhpPK
5w�X��B��0 �0 ���' text/swriter/01/04090003.xhpPK
5w�X�K� ���X text/swriter/01/04130100.xhpPK
5w�X%���c c ���_ text/swriter/01/05100000.xhpPK
5w�X�v� � ��oc text/swriter/01/05120000.xhpPK
5w�X{*�Xk k ��Fh text/swriter/01/05030800.xhpPK
5w�XeO( � � ���} text/swriter/01/01120000.xhpPK
5w�XY��} } ��� text/swriter/01/04220000.xhpPK
5w�X7�y
��Њ text/swriter/01/03090000.xhpPK
5w�X�+�f7 7 ��� text/swriter/01/05030200.xhpPK
5w�X{&�85 5 ���� text/swriter/01/04060100.xhpPK
5w�XmZ M�
�
���� text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhpPK
5w�X� �m ���� text/swriter/01/05120100.xhpPK
5w�Xb � ��� text/swriter/01/05190000.xhpPK
5w�XX��+� � ��j� text/swriter/01/04120221.xhpPK
5w�X�H=�� � ��+� text/swriter/01/02130000.xhpPK
5w�X�$` ` ��W� text/swriter/01/04070100.xhpPK
5w�Xe�
R� � ��� text/swriter/01/04120000.xhpPK
5w�X�⚡�
�
��� text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhpPK
5w�X�d��� � ��� text/swriter/01/05090000.xhpPK
5w�XАq|c
c
��� text/swriter/01/04120213.xhpPK
5w�X�� � � ��Z' text/swriter/01/01150000.xhpPK
5w�Xe�O� � ��6? text/swriter/01/06090000.xhpPK
5w�X:��z z ��gS text/swriter/01/02160000.xhpPK
5w�X #@�g g ��i text/swriter/01/04120201.xhpPK
5w�X�< ���r text/swriter/01/05110300.xhpPK
5w�X ��I I ���u text/swriter/01/06080000.xhpPK
5w�XR��3� � ��y text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhpPK
5w�XX��t t ���} text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhpPK
5w�X��4�) �) ��^� text/swriter/01/04090001.xhpPK
5w�X��q� � ��[� text/swriter/01/04120214.xhpPK
5w�X�,�
� � ���� text/swriter/01/04020100.xhpPK
5w�X ���] ] ��s� text/swriter/01/03100000.xhpPK
5w�X ]'� � ��
� text/swriter/01/04070200.xhpPK
5w�X�* � ���� text/swriter/01/04030000.xhpPK
5w�X?�i i ��� text/swriter/01/04090000.xhpPK
5w�X&h� � ���
text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhpPK
5w�X�B � � ���
text/swriter/01/04150000.xhpPK
5w�Xg�?!d
d
���"
text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhpPK
5w�X��ip ��w-
text/swriter/01/04090007.xhpPK
5w�X��
�� � ���A
text/swriter/01/04010000.xhpPK
5w�X�BY�A �A ���Q
text/swriter/01/02110000.xhpPK
5w�X�^8#
��Ǔ
text/swriter/01/05060000.xhpPK
5w�X o�� � ���
text/swriter/01/04120212.xhpPK
5w�X �w��
�
��@�
text/swriter/01/05030400.xhpPK
5w�X��&� � ��p�
text/swriter/01/03140000.xhpPK
5w�X40�� � ��;�
text/swriter/01/05100300.xhpPK
5w�X߇d�� � ��N�
text/swriter/01/05040600.xhpPK
5w�Xy *(* * ��`�
text/swriter/01/05140000.xhpPK
5w�X���a a ���
text/swriter/01/05060200.xhpPK
5w�X�)*�` ` ��_ text/swriter/01/04090004.xhpPK
5w�X=�Z�- - ���, text/swriter/01/04120223.xhpPK
5w�X�3jC_ _ ��`1 text/swriter/01/05120500.xhpPK
5w�X�I��
�
���4 text/swriter/01/04120222.xhpPK
5w�X�p��I I ���B text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhpPK
5w�X g�ڋ � ��L text/swriter/01/06120000.xhpPK
5w�XA�T�{ { ��DP text/swriter/01/05110100.xhpPK
5w�Xz@"cE E ���U text/swriter/01/05150104.xhpPK
5w�X�4��L L ��xX text/swriter/01/02120100.xhpPK
5w�X��Q�� � ���^ text/swriter/01/04020000.xhpPK
5w�X��5 5 �� g text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhpPK
5w�X�q,�Z Z ���r text/swriter/01/05110200.xhpPK
5w�X�k` ��$v text/swriter/01/05040800.xhpPK
5w�X<�ͩ� � ��_� text/swriter/01/04070300.xhpPK
5w�X�_��� � ��l� text/swriter/01/05130002.xhpPK
5w�Xy��4� � ���� text/swriter/01/04120229.xhpPK
5w�X�?h� � ��i� text/swriter/01/01160200.xhpPK
5w�XM��+ �+ ���� text/swriter/01/05060100.xhpPK
5w�X�!K� � ���� text/swriter/01/04120219.xhpPK
5w�X_�F�� � ���� text/swriter/01/04120100.xhpPK
5w�X� q�� � ���� text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhpPK
5w�X!&�H H ���� text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhpPK
5w�X�EU�[ [ ��F text/swriter/01/05150300.xhpPK
5w�X�yw� � ��� text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhpPK
5w�X�V>�� � ���+ text/swriter/01/05150200.xhpPK
5w�XSݓ�
�
���7 text/swriter/01/04130000.xhpPK
5w�X ��� � ���B text/swriter/01/06080200.xhpPK
5w�X��T�a a ���Q text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhpPK
5w�X ��Q+ + ��'Z text/swriter/01/04120225.xhpPK
5w�XŠ�� � ���^ text/swriter/01/05150101.xhpPK
5w�X)��c( ( ��cq text/swriter/01/04120200.xhpPK
5w�XA� m ���x text/swriter/01/04120216.xhpPK
5w�X͚�Q Q ��} text/swriter/01/04180400.xhpPK
5w�X���z z ���� text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhpPK
5w�X��'y y ��Z� text/swriter/01/04120220.xhpPK
5w�X��H9m
m
��
� text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhpPK
5w�X� �B B ���� text/swriter/01/03080000.xhpPK
5w�X<�3�� � ��3� text/swriter/01/01160100.xhpPK
5w�X.�~ ���� text/swriter/01/06030000.xhpPK
5w�X�չ� � ���� text/swriter/01/03070000.xhpPK
5w�X�G>� � ���� text/swriter/01/03120000.xhpPK
5w�Xt��p p ��{� text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhpPK
5w�X��0(� � ��&� text/swriter/01/04120217.xhpPK
5w�X�Boc c ��D� text/swriter/01/06100000.xhpPK
5w�X���� � ���� text/swriter/01/05110500.xhpPK
5w�X���2� � �� � text/swriter/01/05110000.xhpPK
5w�XS/�3� � ��� text/swriter/01/06190000.xhpPK
5w�X`k�� � ��� text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhpPK
5w�X��m m �� text/swriter/01/04120211.xhpPK
5w�X�b�
��� text/swriter/01/02170000.xhpPK
5w�X�h ��� text/swriter/01/03050000.xhpPK
5w�X��L ��&$ text/swriter/01/01160300.xhpPK
5w�X�K�/ �/ ��v, text/swriter/01/04090002.xhpPK
5w�X�ce· � ��X\ text/swriter/01/06200000.xhpPK
5w�X�ꌘ ��I_ text/swriter/01/05200000.xhpPK
5w�X�`' ���c text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhpPK
5w�X�G_�� � ���l text/swriter/01/05080000.xhpPK
5w�X�-e�� � ���q text/swriter/01/04990000.xhpPK
5w�X:�@�b b ���v text/swriter/01/05040501.xhpPK
5w�X��l l ���{ text/swriter/01/06160000.xhpPK
5w�X4�`b b ��/� text/swriter/01/04190000.xhpPK
5w�X�d�u% % ��˅ text/swriter/01/05130100.xhpPK
5w�X4=.�? ? ��*� text/swriter/01/04070000.xhpPK
5w�X�N��� � ���� text/swriter/01/04120227.xhpPK
5w�X�����
�
���� text/swriter/01/04120215.xhpPK
5w�X �V� � ���� text/swriter/01/05150000.xhpPK
5w�X�M�� � ���� text/swriter/01/01160500.xhpPK
5w�X��� � ���� text/swriter/01/04020200.xhpPK
5w�X���� � ���� text/swriter/01/02140000.xhpPK
5w�X�h�� � ��~� text/swriter/01/05120400.xhpPK
5w�X��n�� � ��A� text/swriter/01/title_page.xhpPK
5w�X��� �� text/swriter/01/05040500.xhpPK
5w�XU 35� � ��d, text/swriter/01/04200000.xhpPK
5w�X��T T ���; text/swriter/01/04120300.xhpPK
5w�XB =�� � ��'L text/swriter/01/06990000.xhpPK
5w�X� �1 ��JP text/swriter/01/06180000.xhpPK
5w�X�r*�} } ���e text/swriter/01/04230000.xhpPK
5w�X=�
�
��Vl text/swriter/01/05060300.xhpPK
5w�X-��P P ��3z text/swriter/01/04090006.xhpPK
5w�XD�1 ���� text/swriter/01/05040000.xhpPK
5w�X�� K K ��� text/swriter/01/05990000.xhpPK
5w�Xw�
i' ' ���� text/swriter/01/04120224.xhpPK
5w�XZ�Y�� � ��� text/swriter/01/05130004.xhpPK
5w�X�Y� � ��� text/swriter/01/05150100.xhpPK
5w�X��
� � ��G� text/swriter/01/06210000.xhpPK
5w�X�ʱe� � ��6� text/swriter/01/04040000.xhpPK
5w�Xn��� � ��A� text/swriter/01/05170000.xhpPK
5w�X��9 ��\� text/swriter/01/05090100.xhpPK
5w�XHqQ=� � ���� text/swriter/01/04120250.xhpPK
5w�X���Z� � ��r� text/swriter/01/06060100.xhpPK
5w�Xx�Ob# b# ��� text/swriter/01/05060201.xhpPK
6w�X���m� � ��4- text/swriter/main0115.xhpPK
6w�X����� � ��-0 text/swriter/main0202.xhpPK
6w�X�T�;� � ��@A text/swriter/main0000.xhpPK
6w�X��q�� � ���F text/swriter/main0103.xhpPK
6w�X�Ԑ
�
��S text/swriter/main0104.xhpPK
6w�X�� p: : ���` text/swriter/main0102.xhpPK
6w�X�3% ��9m text/swriter/main0106.xhpPK
6w�X��F
���v text/swriter/main0216.xhpPK
6w�X�D��} } �� text/swriter/main0213.xhpPK
6w�XH�� ���� text/swriter/main0503.xhpPK
6w�X �a�H H ��ѝ text/swriter/main0200.xhpPK
6w�XS:'�� � ��P� text/swriter/main0220.xhpPK
5w�X �Ai� text/swriter/04/PK
5w�X@��Uz� z� ���� text/swriter/04/01020000.xhpPK
6w�X�qD� ��KI text/swriter/main0107.xhpPK
6w�X�CM�* * ���L text/swriter/main0205.xhpPK
6w�Xd�E�� � ���W text/swriter/main0204.xhpPK ��jy d